|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * Multibyte extensions partly by Sung-Hoon Baek
|
|
|
5 *
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
7 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
8 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
9 */
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * mbyte.c: Code specifically for handling multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
12 *
|
|
|
13 * The encoding used in the core is set with 'encoding'. When 'encoding' is
|
|
|
14 * changed, the following four variables are set (for speed).
|
|
|
15 * Currently these types of character encodings are supported:
|
|
|
16 *
|
|
|
17 * "enc_dbcs" When non-zero it tells the type of double byte character
|
|
|
18 * encoding (Chinese, Korean, Japanese, etc.).
|
|
|
19 * The cell width on the display is equal to the number of
|
|
|
20 * bytes. (exception: DBCS_JPNU with first byte 0x8e)
|
|
|
21 * Recognizing the first or second byte is difficult, it
|
|
|
22 * requires checking a byte sequence from the start.
|
|
|
23 * "enc_utf8" When TRUE use Unicode characters in UTF-8 encoding.
|
|
|
24 * The cell width on the display needs to be determined from
|
|
|
25 * the character value.
|
|
|
26 * Recognizing bytes is easy: 0xxx.xxxx is a single-byte
|
|
|
27 * char, 10xx.xxxx is a trailing byte, 11xx.xxxx is a leading
|
|
|
28 * byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
29 * To make things complicated, up to two composing characters
|
|
|
30 * are allowed. These are drawn on top of the first char.
|
|
|
31 * For most editing the sequence of bytes with composing
|
|
|
32 * characters included is considered to be one character.
|
|
|
33 * "enc_unicode" When 2 use 16-bit Unicode characters (or UTF-16).
|
|
|
34 * When 4 use 32-but Unicode characters.
|
|
|
35 * Internally characters are stored in UTF-8 encoding to
|
|
|
36 * avoid NUL bytes. Conversion happens when doing I/O.
|
|
|
37 * "enc_utf8" will also be TRUE.
|
|
|
38 *
|
|
|
39 * "has_mbyte" is set when "enc_dbcs" or "enc_utf8" is non-zero.
|
|
|
40 *
|
|
|
41 * If none of these is TRUE, 8-bit bytes are used for a character. The
|
|
|
42 * encoding isn't currently specified (TODO).
|
|
|
43 *
|
|
|
44 * 'encoding' specifies the encoding used in the core. This is in registers,
|
|
|
45 * text manipulation, buffers, etc. Conversion has to be done when characters
|
|
|
46 * in another encoding are received or send:
|
|
|
47 *
|
|
|
48 * clipboard
|
|
|
49 * ^
|
|
|
50 * | (2)
|
|
|
51 * V
|
|
|
52 * +---------------+
|
|
|
53 * (1) | | (3)
|
|
|
54 * keyboard ----->| core |-----> display
|
|
|
55 * | |
|
|
|
56 * +---------------+
|
|
|
57 * ^
|
|
|
58 * | (4)
|
|
|
59 * V
|
|
|
60 * file
|
|
|
61 *
|
|
|
62 * (1) Typed characters arrive in the current locale. Conversion is to be
|
|
|
63 * done when 'encoding' is different from 'termencoding'.
|
|
|
64 * (2) Text will be made available with the encoding specified with
|
|
|
65 * 'encoding'. If this is not sufficient, system-specific conversion
|
|
|
66 * might be required.
|
|
|
67 * (3) For the GUI the correct font must be selected, no conversion done.
|
|
|
68 * Otherwise, conversion is to be done when 'encoding' differs from
|
|
|
69 * 'termencoding'. (Different in the GTK+ 2 port -- 'termencoding'
|
|
|
70 * is always used for both input and output and must always be set to
|
|
|
71 * "utf-8". gui_mch_init() does this automatically.)
|
|
|
72 * (4) The encoding of the file is specified with 'fileencoding'. Conversion
|
|
|
73 * is to be done when it's different from 'encoding'.
|
|
|
74 *
|
|
|
75 * The viminfo file is a special case: Only text is converted, not file names.
|
|
|
76 * Vim scripts may contain an ":encoding" command. This has an effect for
|
|
|
77 * some commands, like ":menutrans"
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
80 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
82 #ifdef WIN32UNIX
|
|
|
83 # ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
|
|
84 # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
|
86 # include <windows.h>
|
|
|
87 # ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
88 # undef WIN32 /* Some windows.h define WIN32, we don't want that here. */
|
|
|
89 # endif
|
|
|
90 #endif
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 #if (defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
|
|
|
93 # include <winnls.h>
|
|
|
94 #endif
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
96 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
97 # include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
|
|
|
98 #endif
|
|
|
99 #ifdef X_LOCALE
|
|
|
100 #include <X11/Xlocale.h>
|
|
|
101 #endif
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
103 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(HAVE_GTK2)
|
|
|
104 # include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
|
|
|
105 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
106 # include <gdk/gdkwin32.h>
|
|
|
107 # else
|
|
|
108 # include <gdk/gdkx.h>
|
|
|
109 # endif
|
|
|
110 #endif
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
|
|
|
113 # include <wchar.h>
|
|
|
114 #endif
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 #if 0
|
|
|
117 /* This has been disabled, because several people reported problems with the
|
|
|
118 * wcwidth() and iswprint() library functions, esp. for Hebrew. */
|
|
|
119 # ifdef __STDC_ISO_10646__
|
|
|
120 # define USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
121 # endif
|
|
|
122 #endif
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
126 static int enc_canon_search __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
127 static int dbcs_char2len __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
128 static int dbcs_char2bytes __ARGS((int c, char_u *buf));
|
|
|
129 static int dbcs_ptr2len_check __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
130 static int dbcs_char2cells __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
131 static int dbcs_ptr2char __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
133 /* Lookup table to quickly get the length in bytes of a UTF-8 character from
|
|
|
134 * the first byte of a UTF-8 string. Bytes which are illegal when used as the
|
|
|
135 * first byte have a one, because these will be used separately. */
|
|
|
136 static char utf8len_tab[256] =
|
|
|
137 {
|
|
|
138 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
139 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
140 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
141 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
142 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /*bogus*/
|
|
|
143 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /*bogus*/
|
|
|
144 2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,
|
|
|
145 3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,6,6,1,1,
|
|
|
146 };
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
148 /*
|
|
|
149 * XIM often causes trouble. Define XIM_DEBUG to get a log of XIM callbacks
|
|
|
150 * in the "xim.log" file.
|
|
|
151 */
|
|
|
152 /* #define XIM_DEBUG */
|
|
|
153 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
154 static void
|
|
|
155 xim_log(char *s, ...)
|
|
|
156 {
|
|
|
157 va_list arglist;
|
|
|
158 static FILE *fd = NULL;
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 if (fd == (FILE *)-1)
|
|
|
161 return;
|
|
|
162 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
163 {
|
|
|
164 fd = fopen("xim.log", "w");
|
|
|
165 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
166 {
|
|
|
167 EMSG("Cannot open xim.log");
|
|
|
168 fd = (FILE *)-1;
|
|
|
169 return;
|
|
|
170 }
|
|
|
171 }
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 va_start(arglist, s);
|
|
|
174 vfprintf(fd, s, arglist);
|
|
|
175 va_end(arglist);
|
|
|
176 }
|
|
|
177 #endif
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
179 #endif
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
182 /*
|
|
|
183 * Canonical encoding names and their properties.
|
|
|
184 * "iso-8859-n" is handled by enc_canonize() directly.
|
|
|
185 */
|
|
|
186 static struct
|
|
|
187 { char *name; int prop; int codepage;}
|
|
|
188 enc_canon_table[] =
|
|
|
189 {
|
|
|
190 #define IDX_LATIN_1 0
|
|
|
191 {"latin1", ENC_8BIT + ENC_LATIN1, 1252},
|
|
|
192 #define IDX_ISO_2 1
|
|
|
193 {"iso-8859-2", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
194 #define IDX_ISO_3 2
|
|
|
195 {"iso-8859-3", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
196 #define IDX_ISO_4 3
|
|
|
197 {"iso-8859-4", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
198 #define IDX_ISO_5 4
|
|
|
199 {"iso-8859-5", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
200 #define IDX_ISO_6 5
|
|
|
201 {"iso-8859-6", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
202 #define IDX_ISO_7 6
|
|
|
203 {"iso-8859-7", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
204 #define IDX_CP1255 7
|
|
|
205 {"cp1255", ENC_8BIT, 1255}, /* close to iso-8859-8 */
|
|
|
206 #define IDX_ISO_8 8
|
|
|
207 {"iso-8859-8", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
208 #define IDX_ISO_9 9
|
|
|
209 {"iso-8859-9", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
210 #define IDX_ISO_10 10
|
|
|
211 {"iso-8859-10", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
212 #define IDX_ISO_11 11
|
|
|
213 {"iso-8859-11", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
214 #define IDX_ISO_13 12
|
|
|
215 {"iso-8859-13", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
216 #define IDX_ISO_14 13
|
|
|
217 {"iso-8859-14", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
218 #define IDX_ISO_15 14
|
|
26
|
219 {"iso-8859-15", ENC_8BIT + ENC_LATIN9, 0},
|
|
7
|
220 #define IDX_KOI8_R 15
|
|
|
221 {"koi8-r", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
222 #define IDX_KOI8_U 16
|
|
|
223 {"koi8-u", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
224 #define IDX_UTF8 17
|
|
|
225 {"utf-8", ENC_UNICODE, 0},
|
|
|
226 #define IDX_UCS2 18
|
|
|
227 {"ucs-2", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_2BYTE, 0},
|
|
|
228 #define IDX_UCS2LE 19
|
|
|
229 {"ucs-2le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_2BYTE, 0},
|
|
|
230 #define IDX_UTF16 20
|
|
|
231 {"utf-16", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_2WORD, 0},
|
|
|
232 #define IDX_UTF16LE 21
|
|
|
233 {"utf-16le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_2WORD, 0},
|
|
|
234 #define IDX_UCS4 22
|
|
|
235 {"ucs-4", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_4BYTE, 0},
|
|
|
236 #define IDX_UCS4LE 23
|
|
|
237 {"ucs-4le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_4BYTE, 0},
|
|
|
238 #define IDX_DEBUG 24
|
|
|
239 {"debug", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_DEBUG},
|
|
|
240 #define IDX_CP932 25
|
|
|
241 {"cp932", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPN},
|
|
|
242 #define IDX_CP949 26
|
|
|
243 {"cp949", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_KOR},
|
|
|
244 #define IDX_CP936 27
|
|
|
245 {"cp936", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHS},
|
|
|
246 #define IDX_CP950 28
|
|
|
247 {"cp950", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHT},
|
|
|
248 #define IDX_EUC_JP 29
|
|
|
249 {"euc-jp", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPNU},
|
|
|
250 #define IDX_SJIS 30
|
|
|
251 {"sjis", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPN},
|
|
|
252 #define IDX_EUC_KR 31
|
|
|
253 {"euc-kr", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_KORU},
|
|
|
254 #define IDX_EUC_CN 32
|
|
|
255 {"euc-cn", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHSU},
|
|
|
256 #define IDX_EUC_TW 33
|
|
|
257 {"euc-tw", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHTU},
|
|
|
258 #define IDX_BIG5 34
|
|
|
259 {"big5", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHT},
|
|
|
260 #define IDX_CP1251 35
|
|
|
261 {"cp1251", ENC_8BIT, 1251},
|
|
|
262 #define IDX_MACROMAN 36
|
|
|
263 {"macroman", ENC_8BIT + ENC_MACROMAN, 0},
|
|
|
264 #define IDX_COUNT 37
|
|
|
265 };
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
267 /*
|
|
|
268 * Aliases for encoding names.
|
|
|
269 */
|
|
|
270 static struct
|
|
|
271 { char *name; int canon;}
|
|
|
272 enc_alias_table[] =
|
|
|
273 {
|
|
|
274 {"ansi", IDX_LATIN_1},
|
|
|
275 {"iso-8859-1", IDX_LATIN_1},
|
|
|
276 {"latin2", IDX_ISO_2},
|
|
|
277 {"latin3", IDX_ISO_3},
|
|
|
278 {"latin4", IDX_ISO_4},
|
|
|
279 {"cyrillic", IDX_ISO_5},
|
|
|
280 {"arabic", IDX_ISO_6},
|
|
|
281 {"greek", IDX_ISO_7},
|
|
|
282 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
283 {"hebrew", IDX_CP1255},
|
|
|
284 #else
|
|
|
285 {"hebrew", IDX_ISO_8},
|
|
|
286 #endif
|
|
|
287 {"latin5", IDX_ISO_9},
|
|
|
288 {"turkish", IDX_ISO_9}, /* ? */
|
|
|
289 {"latin6", IDX_ISO_10},
|
|
|
290 {"nordic", IDX_ISO_10}, /* ? */
|
|
|
291 {"thai", IDX_ISO_11}, /* ? */
|
|
|
292 {"latin7", IDX_ISO_13},
|
|
|
293 {"latin8", IDX_ISO_14},
|
|
|
294 {"latin9", IDX_ISO_15},
|
|
|
295 {"utf8", IDX_UTF8},
|
|
|
296 {"unicode", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
297 {"ucs2", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
298 {"ucs2be", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
299 {"ucs-2be", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
300 {"ucs2le", IDX_UCS2LE},
|
|
|
301 {"utf16", IDX_UTF16},
|
|
|
302 {"utf16be", IDX_UTF16},
|
|
|
303 {"utf-16be", IDX_UTF16},
|
|
|
304 {"utf16le", IDX_UTF16LE},
|
|
|
305 {"ucs4", IDX_UCS4},
|
|
|
306 {"ucs4be", IDX_UCS4},
|
|
|
307 {"ucs-4be", IDX_UCS4},
|
|
|
308 {"ucs4le", IDX_UCS4LE},
|
|
|
309 {"932", IDX_CP932},
|
|
|
310 {"949", IDX_CP949},
|
|
|
311 {"936", IDX_CP936},
|
|
|
312 {"950", IDX_CP950},
|
|
|
313 {"eucjp", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
314 {"unix-jis", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
315 {"ujis", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
316 {"shift-jis", IDX_SJIS},
|
|
|
317 {"euckr", IDX_EUC_KR},
|
|
|
318 {"5601", IDX_EUC_KR}, /* Sun: KS C 5601 */
|
|
|
319 {"euccn", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
320 {"gb2312", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
321 {"euctw", IDX_EUC_TW},
|
|
|
322 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) || defined(MACOS)
|
|
|
323 {"japan", IDX_CP932},
|
|
|
324 {"korea", IDX_CP949},
|
|
|
325 {"prc", IDX_CP936},
|
|
|
326 {"chinese", IDX_CP936},
|
|
|
327 {"taiwan", IDX_CP950},
|
|
|
328 {"big5", IDX_CP950},
|
|
|
329 #else
|
|
|
330 {"japan", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
331 {"korea", IDX_EUC_KR},
|
|
|
332 {"prc", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
333 {"chinese", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
334 {"taiwan", IDX_EUC_TW},
|
|
|
335 {"cp950", IDX_BIG5},
|
|
|
336 {"950", IDX_BIG5},
|
|
|
337 #endif
|
|
|
338 {"mac", IDX_MACROMAN},
|
|
|
339 {NULL, 0}
|
|
|
340 };
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 #ifndef CP_UTF8
|
|
|
343 # define CP_UTF8 65001 /* magic number from winnls.h */
|
|
|
344 #endif
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
346 /*
|
|
|
347 * Find encoding "name" in the list of canonical encoding names.
|
|
|
348 * Returns -1 if not found.
|
|
|
349 */
|
|
|
350 static int
|
|
|
351 enc_canon_search(name)
|
|
|
352 char_u *name;
|
|
|
353 {
|
|
|
354 int i;
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
356 for (i = 0; i < IDX_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
357 if (STRCMP(name, enc_canon_table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
358 return i;
|
|
|
359 return -1;
|
|
|
360 }
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 #endif
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 /*
|
|
|
367 * Find canonical encoding "name" in the list and return its properties.
|
|
|
368 * Returns 0 if not found.
|
|
|
369 */
|
|
|
370 int
|
|
|
371 enc_canon_props(name)
|
|
|
372 char_u *name;
|
|
|
373 {
|
|
|
374 int i;
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 i = enc_canon_search(name);
|
|
|
377 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
378 return enc_canon_table[i].prop;
|
|
|
379 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
380 if (name[0] == 'c' && name[1] == 'p' && VIM_ISDIGIT(name[2]))
|
|
|
381 {
|
|
|
382 CPINFO cpinfo;
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 /* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */
|
|
|
385 if (GetCPInfo(atoi(name + 2), &cpinfo) != 0)
|
|
|
386 {
|
|
|
387 if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1) /* some single-byte encoding */
|
|
|
388 return ENC_8BIT;
|
|
|
389 if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2
|
|
|
390 && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0))
|
|
|
391 /* must be a DBCS encoding */
|
|
|
392 return ENC_DBCS;
|
|
|
393 }
|
|
|
394 return 0;
|
|
|
395 }
|
|
|
396 #endif
|
|
|
397 if (STRNCMP(name, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
398 return ENC_DBCS;
|
|
|
399 if (STRNCMP(name, "8bit-", 5) == 0 || STRNCMP(name, "iso-8859-", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
400 return ENC_8BIT;
|
|
|
401 return 0;
|
|
|
402 }
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
404 /*
|
|
|
405 * Set up for using multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
406 * Called in three cases:
|
|
|
407 * - by main() to initialize (p_enc == NULL)
|
|
|
408 * - by set_init_1() after 'encoding' was set to its default.
|
|
|
409 * - by do_set() when 'encoding' has been set.
|
|
|
410 * p_enc must have been passed through enc_canonize() already.
|
|
|
411 * Sets the "enc_unicode", "enc_utf8", "enc_dbcs" and "has_mbyte" flags.
|
|
|
412 * Fills mb_bytelen_tab[] and returns NULL when there are no problems.
|
|
|
413 * When there is something wrong: Returns an error message and doesn't change
|
|
|
414 * anything.
|
|
|
415 */
|
|
|
416 char_u *
|
|
|
417 mb_init()
|
|
|
418 {
|
|
|
419 int i;
|
|
|
420 int idx;
|
|
|
421 int n;
|
|
|
422 int enc_dbcs_new = 0;
|
|
|
423 #if defined(USE_ICONV) && !defined(WIN3264) && !defined(WIN32UNIX) \
|
|
|
424 && !defined(MACOS)
|
|
|
425 # define LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
426 vimconv_T vimconv;
|
|
|
427 char_u *p;
|
|
|
428 #endif
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
430 if (p_enc == NULL)
|
|
|
431 {
|
|
|
432 /* Just starting up: set the whole table to one's. */
|
|
|
433 for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
|
|
|
434 mb_bytelen_tab[i] = 1;
|
|
|
435 input_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
436 input_conv.vc_factor = 1;
|
|
|
437 output_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
438 return NULL;
|
|
|
439 }
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
441 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
442 if (p_enc[0] == 'c' && p_enc[1] == 'p' && VIM_ISDIGIT(p_enc[2]))
|
|
|
443 {
|
|
|
444 CPINFO cpinfo;
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 /* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */
|
|
|
447 if (GetCPInfo(atoi(p_enc + 2), &cpinfo) != 0)
|
|
|
448 {
|
|
|
449 if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1)
|
|
|
450 {
|
|
|
451 /* some single-byte encoding */
|
|
|
452 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
453 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
454 }
|
|
|
455 else if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2
|
|
|
456 && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0))
|
|
|
457 {
|
|
|
458 /* must be a DBCS encoding, check below */
|
|
|
459 enc_dbcs_new = atoi(p_enc + 2);
|
|
|
460 }
|
|
|
461 else
|
|
|
462 goto codepage_invalid;
|
|
|
463 }
|
|
|
464 else if (GetLastError() == ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER)
|
|
|
465 {
|
|
|
466 codepage_invalid:
|
|
|
467 return (char_u *)N_("E543: Not a valid codepage");
|
|
|
468 }
|
|
|
469 }
|
|
|
470 #endif
|
|
|
471 else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "8bit-", 5) == 0
|
|
|
472 || STRNCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
473 {
|
|
|
474 /* Accept any "8bit-" or "iso-8859-" name. */
|
|
|
475 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
476 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
477 }
|
|
|
478 else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
479 {
|
|
|
480 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
481 /* Windows: accept only valid codepage numbers, check below. */
|
|
|
482 if (p_enc[6] != 'c' || p_enc[7] != 'p'
|
|
|
483 || (enc_dbcs_new = atoi(p_enc + 8)) == 0)
|
|
|
484 return e_invarg;
|
|
|
485 #else
|
|
|
486 /* Unix: accept any "2byte-" name, assume current locale. */
|
|
|
487 enc_dbcs_new = DBCS_2BYTE;
|
|
|
488 #endif
|
|
|
489 }
|
|
|
490 else if ((idx = enc_canon_search(p_enc)) >= 0)
|
|
|
491 {
|
|
|
492 i = enc_canon_table[idx].prop;
|
|
|
493 if (i & ENC_UNICODE)
|
|
|
494 {
|
|
|
495 /* Unicode */
|
|
|
496 enc_utf8 = TRUE;
|
|
|
497 if (i & (ENC_2BYTE | ENC_2WORD))
|
|
|
498 enc_unicode = 2;
|
|
|
499 else if (i & ENC_4BYTE)
|
|
|
500 enc_unicode = 4;
|
|
|
501 else
|
|
|
502 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
503 }
|
|
|
504 else if (i & ENC_DBCS)
|
|
|
505 {
|
|
|
506 /* 2byte, handle below */
|
|
|
507 enc_dbcs_new = enc_canon_table[idx].codepage;
|
|
|
508 }
|
|
|
509 else
|
|
|
510 {
|
|
|
511 /* Must be 8-bit. */
|
|
|
512 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
513 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
514 }
|
|
|
515 }
|
|
|
516 else /* Don't know what encoding this is, reject it. */
|
|
|
517 return e_invarg;
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
519 if (enc_dbcs_new != 0)
|
|
|
520 {
|
|
|
521 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
522 /* Check if the DBCS code page is OK. */
|
|
|
523 if (!IsValidCodePage(enc_dbcs_new))
|
|
|
524 goto codepage_invalid;
|
|
|
525 #endif
|
|
|
526 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
527 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
528 }
|
|
|
529 enc_dbcs = enc_dbcs_new;
|
|
|
530 has_mbyte = (enc_dbcs != 0 || enc_utf8);
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
532 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
533 enc_codepage = encname2codepage(p_enc);
|
|
26
|
534 enc_latin9 = (STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-15") == 0);
|
|
7
|
535 #endif
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
537 /*
|
|
|
538 * Set the function pointers.
|
|
|
539 */
|
|
|
540 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 mb_ptr2len_check = utfc_ptr2len_check;
|
|
|
543 mb_char2len = utf_char2len;
|
|
|
544 mb_char2bytes = utf_char2bytes;
|
|
|
545 mb_ptr2cells = utf_ptr2cells;
|
|
|
546 mb_char2cells = utf_char2cells;
|
|
|
547 mb_off2cells = utf_off2cells;
|
|
|
548 mb_ptr2char = utf_ptr2char;
|
|
|
549 mb_head_off = utf_head_off;
|
|
|
550 }
|
|
|
551 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
|
|
|
552 {
|
|
|
553 mb_ptr2len_check = dbcs_ptr2len_check;
|
|
|
554 mb_char2len = dbcs_char2len;
|
|
|
555 mb_char2bytes = dbcs_char2bytes;
|
|
|
556 mb_ptr2cells = dbcs_ptr2cells;
|
|
|
557 mb_char2cells = dbcs_char2cells;
|
|
|
558 mb_off2cells = dbcs_off2cells;
|
|
|
559 mb_ptr2char = dbcs_ptr2char;
|
|
|
560 mb_head_off = dbcs_head_off;
|
|
|
561 }
|
|
|
562 else
|
|
|
563 {
|
|
|
564 mb_ptr2len_check = latin_ptr2len_check;
|
|
|
565 mb_char2len = latin_char2len;
|
|
|
566 mb_char2bytes = latin_char2bytes;
|
|
|
567 mb_ptr2cells = latin_ptr2cells;
|
|
|
568 mb_char2cells = latin_char2cells;
|
|
|
569 mb_off2cells = latin_off2cells;
|
|
|
570 mb_ptr2char = latin_ptr2char;
|
|
|
571 mb_head_off = latin_head_off;
|
|
|
572 }
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 /*
|
|
|
575 * Fill the mb_bytelen_tab[] for MB_BYTE2LEN().
|
|
|
576 */
|
|
|
577 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
578 /* When 'encoding' is different from the current locale mblen() won't
|
|
|
579 * work. Use conversion to "utf-8" instead. */
|
|
|
580 vimconv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
581 if (enc_dbcs)
|
|
|
582 {
|
|
|
583 p = enc_locale();
|
|
|
584 if (p == NULL || STRCMP(p, p_enc) != 0)
|
|
|
585 {
|
|
|
586 convert_setup(&vimconv, p_enc, (char_u *)"utf-8");
|
|
|
587 vimconv.vc_fail = TRUE;
|
|
|
588 }
|
|
|
589 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
590 }
|
|
|
591 #endif
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
593 for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
|
|
|
594 {
|
|
|
595 /* Our own function to reliably check the length of UTF-8 characters,
|
|
|
596 * independent of mblen(). */
|
|
|
597 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
598 n = utf8len_tab[i];
|
|
|
599 else if (enc_dbcs == 0)
|
|
|
600 n = 1;
|
|
|
601 else
|
|
|
602 {
|
|
|
603 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)
|
|
|
604 /* enc_dbcs is set by setting 'fileencoding'. It becomes a Windows
|
|
|
605 * CodePage identifier, which we can pass directly in to Windows
|
|
|
606 * API */
|
|
|
607 n = IsDBCSLeadByteEx(enc_dbcs, (BYTE)i) ? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
608 #else
|
|
|
609 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
610 /*
|
|
|
611 * if mblen() is not available, character which MSB is turned on
|
|
|
612 * are treated as leading byte character. (note : This assumption
|
|
|
613 * is not always true.)
|
|
|
614 */
|
|
|
615 n = (i & 0x80) ? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
616 # else
|
|
|
617 char buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
618 # ifdef X_LOCALE
|
|
|
619 # ifndef mblen
|
|
|
620 # define mblen _Xmblen
|
|
|
621 # endif
|
|
|
622 # endif
|
|
|
623 if (i == NUL) /* just in case mblen() can't handle "" */
|
|
|
624 n = 1;
|
|
|
625 else
|
|
|
626 {
|
|
|
627 buf[0] = i;
|
|
|
628 buf[1] = 0;
|
|
|
629 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
630 if (vimconv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
631 {
|
|
|
632 /*
|
|
|
633 * string_convert() should fail when converting the first
|
|
|
634 * byte of a double-byte character.
|
|
|
635 */
|
|
|
636 p = string_convert(&vimconv, (char_u *)buf, NULL);
|
|
|
637 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
638 {
|
|
|
639 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
640 n = 1;
|
|
|
641 }
|
|
|
642 else
|
|
|
643 n = 2;
|
|
|
644 }
|
|
|
645 else
|
|
|
646 #endif
|
|
|
647 {
|
|
|
648 /*
|
|
|
649 * mblen() should return -1 for invalid (means the leading
|
|
|
650 * multibyte) character. However there are some platforms
|
|
|
651 * where mblen() returns 0 for invalid character.
|
|
|
652 * Therefore, following condition includes 0.
|
|
|
653 */
|
|
|
654 if (mblen(buf, (size_t)1) <= 0)
|
|
|
655 n = 2;
|
|
|
656 else
|
|
|
657 n = 1;
|
|
|
658 }
|
|
|
659 }
|
|
|
660 # endif
|
|
|
661 #endif
|
|
|
662 }
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
664 mb_bytelen_tab[i] = n;
|
|
|
665 }
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
668 convert_setup(&vimconv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
669 #endif
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
671 /* The cell width depends on the type of multi-byte characters. */
|
|
|
672 (void)init_chartab();
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
674 /* When enc_utf8 is set or reset, (de)allocate ScreenLinesUC[] */
|
|
|
675 screenalloc(FALSE);
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 /* When using Unicode, set default for 'fileencodings'. */
|
|
|
678 if (enc_utf8 && !option_was_set((char_u *)"fencs"))
|
|
|
679 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fencs", -1,
|
|
39
|
680 (char_u *)"ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1", OPT_FREE);
|
|
7
|
681 #if defined(HAVE_BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET) && defined(FEAT_GETTEXT)
|
|
|
682 /* GNU gettext 0.10.37 supports this feature: set the codeset used for
|
|
|
683 * translated messages independently from the current locale. */
|
|
|
684 (void)bind_textdomain_codeset(VIMPACKAGE,
|
|
|
685 enc_utf8 ? "utf-8" : (char *)p_enc);
|
|
|
686 #endif
|
|
|
687
|
|
23
|
688 #ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
689 /* When changing 'encoding' while starting up, then convert the command
|
|
|
690 * line arguments from the active codepage to 'encoding'. */
|
|
|
691 if (starting != 0)
|
|
|
692 fix_arg_enc();
|
|
|
693 #endif
|
|
|
694
|
|
7
|
695 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
696 /* Fire an autocommand to let people do custom font setup. This must be
|
|
|
697 * after Vim has been setup for the new encoding. */
|
|
|
698 apply_autocmds(EVENT_ENCODINGCHANGED, NULL, (char_u *)"", FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
699 #endif
|
|
|
700
|
|
11
|
701 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
702 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
703 gui_mch_update_codec();
|
|
|
704 #endif
|
|
|
705
|
|
236
|
706 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
707 /* Need to reload spell dictionaries */
|
|
|
708 spell_reload();
|
|
|
709 #endif
|
|
|
710
|
|
7
|
711 return NULL;
|
|
|
712 }
|
|
|
713
|
|
|
714 /*
|
|
|
715 * Return the size of the BOM for the current buffer:
|
|
|
716 * 0 - no BOM
|
|
|
717 * 2 - UCS-2 or UTF-16 BOM
|
|
|
718 * 4 - UCS-4 BOM
|
|
|
719 * 3 - UTF-8 BOM
|
|
|
720 */
|
|
|
721 int
|
|
|
722 bomb_size()
|
|
|
723 {
|
|
|
724 int n = 0;
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 if (curbuf->b_p_bomb && !curbuf->b_p_bin)
|
|
|
727 {
|
|
|
728 if (*curbuf->b_p_fenc == NUL)
|
|
|
729 {
|
|
|
730 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
731 {
|
|
|
732 if (enc_unicode != 0)
|
|
|
733 n = enc_unicode;
|
|
|
734 else
|
|
|
735 n = 3;
|
|
|
736 }
|
|
|
737 }
|
|
|
738 else if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "utf-8") == 0)
|
|
|
739 n = 3;
|
|
|
740 else if (STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "ucs-2", 5) == 0
|
|
|
741 || STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "utf-16", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
742 n = 2;
|
|
|
743 else if (STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "ucs-4", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
744 n = 4;
|
|
|
745 }
|
|
|
746 return n;
|
|
|
747 }
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
749 /*
|
|
|
750 * Get class of pointer:
|
|
|
751 * 0 for blank or NUL
|
|
|
752 * 1 for punctuation
|
|
|
753 * 2 for an (ASCII) word character
|
|
|
754 * >2 for other word characters
|
|
|
755 */
|
|
|
756 int
|
|
|
757 mb_get_class(p)
|
|
|
758 char_u *p;
|
|
|
759 {
|
|
|
760 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(p[0]) == 1)
|
|
|
761 {
|
|
|
762 if (p[0] == NUL || vim_iswhite(p[0]))
|
|
|
763 return 0;
|
|
|
764 if (vim_iswordc(p[0]))
|
|
|
765 return 2;
|
|
|
766 return 1;
|
|
|
767 }
|
|
|
768 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && p[0] != NUL && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
769 return dbcs_class(p[0], p[1]);
|
|
|
770 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
771 return utf_class(utf_ptr2char(p));
|
|
|
772 return 0;
|
|
|
773 }
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
775 /*
|
|
|
776 * Get class of a double-byte character. This always returns 3 or bigger.
|
|
|
777 * TODO: Should return 1 for punctuation.
|
|
|
778 */
|
|
|
779 int
|
|
|
780 dbcs_class(lead, trail)
|
|
|
781 unsigned lead;
|
|
|
782 unsigned trail;
|
|
|
783 {
|
|
|
784 switch (enc_dbcs)
|
|
|
785 {
|
|
|
786 /* please add classfy routine for your language in here */
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 case DBCS_JPNU: /* ? */
|
|
|
789 case DBCS_JPN:
|
|
|
790 {
|
|
|
791 /* JIS code classification */
|
|
|
792 unsigned char lb = lead;
|
|
|
793 unsigned char tb = trail;
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
795 /* convert process code to JIS */
|
|
|
796 # if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) || defined(MACOS)
|
|
|
797 /* process code is SJIS */
|
|
|
798 if (lb <= 0x9f)
|
|
|
799 lb = (lb - 0x81) * 2 + 0x21;
|
|
|
800 else
|
|
|
801 lb = (lb - 0xc1) * 2 + 0x21;
|
|
|
802 if (tb <= 0x7e)
|
|
|
803 tb -= 0x1f;
|
|
|
804 else if (tb <= 0x9e)
|
|
|
805 tb -= 0x20;
|
|
|
806 else
|
|
|
807 {
|
|
|
808 tb -= 0x7e;
|
|
|
809 lb += 1;
|
|
|
810 }
|
|
|
811 # else
|
|
|
812 /*
|
|
|
813 * XXX: Code page identification can not use with all
|
|
|
814 * system! So, some other encoding information
|
|
|
815 * will be needed.
|
|
|
816 * In japanese: SJIS,EUC,UNICODE,(JIS)
|
|
|
817 * Note that JIS-code system don't use as
|
|
|
818 * process code in most system because it uses
|
|
|
819 * escape sequences(JIS is context depend encoding).
|
|
|
820 */
|
|
|
821 /* assume process code is JAPANESE-EUC */
|
|
|
822 lb &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
823 tb &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
824 # endif
|
|
|
825 /* exceptions */
|
|
|
826 switch (lb << 8 | tb)
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 case 0x2121: /* ZENKAKU space */
|
|
|
829 return 0;
|
|
|
830 case 0x2122: /* KU-TEN (Japanese comma) */
|
|
|
831 case 0x2123: /* TOU-TEN (Japanese period) */
|
|
|
832 case 0x2124: /* ZENKAKU comma */
|
|
|
833 case 0x2125: /* ZENKAKU period */
|
|
|
834 return 1;
|
|
|
835 case 0x213c: /* prolongedsound handled as KATAKANA */
|
|
|
836 return 13;
|
|
|
837 }
|
|
|
838 /* sieved by KU code */
|
|
|
839 switch (lb)
|
|
|
840 {
|
|
|
841 case 0x21:
|
|
|
842 case 0x22:
|
|
|
843 /* special symbols */
|
|
|
844 return 10;
|
|
|
845 case 0x23:
|
|
|
846 /* alpha-numeric */
|
|
|
847 return 11;
|
|
|
848 case 0x24:
|
|
|
849 /* hiragana */
|
|
|
850 return 12;
|
|
|
851 case 0x25:
|
|
|
852 /* katakana */
|
|
|
853 return 13;
|
|
|
854 case 0x26:
|
|
|
855 /* greek */
|
|
|
856 return 14;
|
|
|
857 case 0x27:
|
|
|
858 /* russian */
|
|
|
859 return 15;
|
|
|
860 case 0x28:
|
|
|
861 /* lines */
|
|
|
862 return 16;
|
|
|
863 default:
|
|
|
864 /* kanji */
|
|
|
865 return 17;
|
|
|
866 }
|
|
|
867 }
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
869 case DBCS_KORU: /* ? */
|
|
|
870 case DBCS_KOR:
|
|
|
871 {
|
|
|
872 /* KS code classification */
|
|
|
873 unsigned char c1 = lead;
|
|
|
874 unsigned char c2 = trail;
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
876 /*
|
|
|
877 * 20 : Hangul
|
|
|
878 * 21 : Hanja
|
|
|
879 * 22 : Symbols
|
|
|
880 * 23 : Alpha-numeric/Roman Letter (Full width)
|
|
|
881 * 24 : Hangul Letter(Alphabet)
|
|
|
882 * 25 : Roman Numeral/Greek Letter
|
|
|
883 * 26 : Box Drawings
|
|
|
884 * 27 : Unit Symbols
|
|
|
885 * 28 : Circled/Parenthesized Letter
|
|
|
886 * 29 : Hirigana/Katakana
|
|
|
887 * 30 : Cyrillic Letter
|
|
|
888 */
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
890 if (c1 >= 0xB0 && c1 <= 0xC8)
|
|
|
891 /* Hangul */
|
|
|
892 return 20;
|
|
|
893 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)
|
|
|
894 else if (c1 <= 0xA0 || c2 <= 0xA0)
|
|
|
895 /* Extended Hangul Region : MS UHC(Unified Hangul Code) */
|
|
|
896 /* c1: 0x81-0xA0 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xFE
|
|
|
897 * c1: 0xA1-0xC6 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xA0
|
|
|
898 */
|
|
|
899 return 20;
|
|
|
900 #endif
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 else if (c1 >= 0xCA && c1 <= 0xFD)
|
|
|
903 /* Hanja */
|
|
|
904 return 21;
|
|
|
905 else switch (c1)
|
|
|
906 {
|
|
|
907 case 0xA1:
|
|
|
908 case 0xA2:
|
|
|
909 /* Symbols */
|
|
|
910 return 22;
|
|
|
911 case 0xA3:
|
|
|
912 /* Alpha-numeric */
|
|
|
913 return 23;
|
|
|
914 case 0xA4:
|
|
|
915 /* Hangul Letter(Alphabet) */
|
|
|
916 return 24;
|
|
|
917 case 0xA5:
|
|
|
918 /* Roman Numeral/Greek Letter */
|
|
|
919 return 25;
|
|
|
920 case 0xA6:
|
|
|
921 /* Box Drawings */
|
|
|
922 return 26;
|
|
|
923 case 0xA7:
|
|
|
924 /* Unit Symbols */
|
|
|
925 return 27;
|
|
|
926 case 0xA8:
|
|
|
927 case 0xA9:
|
|
|
928 if (c2 <= 0xAF)
|
|
|
929 return 25; /* Roman Letter */
|
|
|
930 else if (c2 >= 0xF6)
|
|
|
931 return 22; /* Symbols */
|
|
|
932 else
|
|
|
933 /* Circled/Parenthesized Letter */
|
|
|
934 return 28;
|
|
|
935 case 0xAA:
|
|
|
936 case 0xAB:
|
|
|
937 /* Hirigana/Katakana */
|
|
|
938 return 29;
|
|
|
939 case 0xAC:
|
|
|
940 /* Cyrillic Letter */
|
|
|
941 return 30;
|
|
|
942 }
|
|
|
943 }
|
|
|
944 default:
|
|
|
945 break;
|
|
|
946 }
|
|
|
947 return 3;
|
|
|
948 }
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 /*
|
|
|
951 * mb_char2len() function pointer.
|
|
|
952 * Return length in bytes of character "c".
|
|
|
953 * Returns 1 for a single-byte character.
|
|
|
954 */
|
|
|
955 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
956 int
|
|
|
957 latin_char2len(c)
|
|
|
958 int c;
|
|
|
959 {
|
|
|
960 return 1;
|
|
|
961 }
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
963 static int
|
|
|
964 dbcs_char2len(c)
|
|
|
965 int c;
|
|
|
966 {
|
|
|
967 if (c >= 0x100)
|
|
|
968 return 2;
|
|
|
969 return 1;
|
|
|
970 }
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 /*
|
|
|
973 * mb_char2bytes() function pointer.
|
|
|
974 * Convert a character to its bytes.
|
|
|
975 * Returns the length in bytes.
|
|
|
976 */
|
|
|
977 int
|
|
|
978 latin_char2bytes(c, buf)
|
|
|
979 int c;
|
|
|
980 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
981 {
|
|
|
982 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
983 return 1;
|
|
|
984 }
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
986 static int
|
|
|
987 dbcs_char2bytes(c, buf)
|
|
|
988 int c;
|
|
|
989 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
990 {
|
|
|
991 if (c >= 0x100)
|
|
|
992 {
|
|
|
993 buf[0] = (unsigned)c >> 8;
|
|
|
994 buf[1] = c;
|
|
221
|
995 /* Never use a NUL byte, it causes lots of trouble. It's an invalid
|
|
|
996 * character anyway. */
|
|
|
997 if (buf[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
998 buf[1] = '\n';
|
|
7
|
999 return 2;
|
|
|
1000 }
|
|
|
1001 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1002 return 1;
|
|
|
1003 }
|
|
|
1004
|
|
|
1005 /*
|
|
|
1006 * mb_ptr2len_check() function pointer.
|
|
|
1007 * Get byte length of character at "*p" but stop at a NUL.
|
|
|
1008 * For UTF-8 this includes following composing characters.
|
|
|
1009 * Returns 0 when *p is NUL.
|
|
|
1010 *
|
|
|
1011 */
|
|
|
1012 int
|
|
|
1013 latin_ptr2len_check(p)
|
|
|
1014 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1015 {
|
|
|
1016 return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
|
|
|
1017 }
|
|
|
1018
|
|
|
1019 static int
|
|
|
1020 dbcs_ptr2len_check(p)
|
|
|
1021 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1022 {
|
|
|
1023 int len;
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 /* Check if second byte is not missing. */
|
|
|
1026 len = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
|
|
|
1027 if (len == 2 && p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1028 len = 1;
|
|
|
1029 return len;
|
|
|
1030 }
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 struct interval
|
|
|
1033 {
|
|
|
1034 unsigned short first;
|
|
|
1035 unsigned short last;
|
|
|
1036 };
|
|
|
1037 static int intable __ARGS((struct interval *table, size_t size, int c));
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 /*
|
|
|
1040 * Return TRUE if "c" is in "table[size / sizeof(struct interval)]".
|
|
|
1041 */
|
|
|
1042 static int
|
|
|
1043 intable(table, size, c)
|
|
|
1044 struct interval *table;
|
|
|
1045 size_t size;
|
|
|
1046 int c;
|
|
|
1047 {
|
|
|
1048 int mid, bot, top;
|
|
|
1049
|
|
|
1050 /* first quick check for Latin1 etc. characters */
|
|
|
1051 if (c < table[0].first)
|
|
|
1052 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1053
|
|
|
1054 /* binary search in table */
|
|
|
1055 bot = 0;
|
|
|
1056 top = size / sizeof(struct interval) - 1;
|
|
|
1057 while (top >= bot)
|
|
|
1058 {
|
|
|
1059 mid = (bot + top) / 2;
|
|
|
1060 if (table[mid].last < c)
|
|
|
1061 bot = mid + 1;
|
|
|
1062 else if (table[mid].first > c)
|
|
|
1063 top = mid - 1;
|
|
|
1064 else
|
|
|
1065 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1066 }
|
|
|
1067 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1068 }
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 /*
|
|
|
1071 * For UTF-8 character "c" return 2 for a double-width character, 1 for others.
|
|
|
1072 * Returns 4 or 6 for an unprintable character.
|
|
|
1073 * Is only correct for characters >= 0x80.
|
|
|
1074 * When p_ambw is "double", return 2 for a character with East Asian Width
|
|
|
1075 * class 'A'(mbiguous).
|
|
|
1076 */
|
|
|
1077 int
|
|
|
1078 utf_char2cells(c)
|
|
|
1079 int c;
|
|
|
1080 {
|
|
|
1081 /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous
|
|
|
1082 * characters, generated with:
|
|
|
1083 * "uniset +WIDTH-A -cat=Me -cat=Mn -cat=Cf c" */
|
|
|
1084 static struct interval ambiguous[] = {
|
|
|
1085 {0x00A1, 0x00A1}, {0x00A4, 0x00A4}, {0x00A7, 0x00A8},
|
|
|
1086 {0x00AA, 0x00AA}, {0x00AE, 0x00AE}, {0x00B0, 0x00B4},
|
|
|
1087 {0x00B6, 0x00BA}, {0x00BC, 0x00BF}, {0x00C6, 0x00C6},
|
|
|
1088 {0x00D0, 0x00D0}, {0x00D7, 0x00D8}, {0x00DE, 0x00E1},
|
|
|
1089 {0x00E6, 0x00E6}, {0x00E8, 0x00EA}, {0x00EC, 0x00ED},
|
|
|
1090 {0x00F0, 0x00F0}, {0x00F2, 0x00F3}, {0x00F7, 0x00FA},
|
|
|
1091 {0x00FC, 0x00FC}, {0x00FE, 0x00FE}, {0x0101, 0x0101},
|
|
|
1092 {0x0111, 0x0111}, {0x0113, 0x0113}, {0x011B, 0x011B},
|
|
|
1093 {0x0126, 0x0127}, {0x012B, 0x012B}, {0x0131, 0x0133},
|
|
|
1094 {0x0138, 0x0138}, {0x013F, 0x0142}, {0x0144, 0x0144},
|
|
|
1095 {0x0148, 0x014B}, {0x014D, 0x014D}, {0x0152, 0x0153},
|
|
|
1096 {0x0166, 0x0167}, {0x016B, 0x016B}, {0x01CE, 0x01CE},
|
|
|
1097 {0x01D0, 0x01D0}, {0x01D2, 0x01D2}, {0x01D4, 0x01D4},
|
|
|
1098 {0x01D6, 0x01D6}, {0x01D8, 0x01D8}, {0x01DA, 0x01DA},
|
|
|
1099 {0x01DC, 0x01DC}, {0x0251, 0x0251}, {0x0261, 0x0261},
|
|
|
1100 {0x02C4, 0x02C4}, {0x02C7, 0x02C7}, {0x02C9, 0x02CB},
|
|
|
1101 {0x02CD, 0x02CD}, {0x02D0, 0x02D0}, {0x02D8, 0x02DB},
|
|
|
1102 {0x02DD, 0x02DD}, {0x02DF, 0x02DF}, {0x0391, 0x03A1},
|
|
|
1103 {0x03A3, 0x03A9}, {0x03B1, 0x03C1}, {0x03C3, 0x03C9},
|
|
|
1104 {0x0401, 0x0401}, {0x0410, 0x044F}, {0x0451, 0x0451},
|
|
|
1105 {0x2010, 0x2010}, {0x2013, 0x2016}, {0x2018, 0x2019},
|
|
|
1106 {0x201C, 0x201D}, {0x2020, 0x2022}, {0x2024, 0x2027},
|
|
|
1107 {0x2030, 0x2030}, {0x2032, 0x2033}, {0x2035, 0x2035},
|
|
|
1108 {0x203B, 0x203B}, {0x203E, 0x203E}, {0x2074, 0x2074},
|
|
|
1109 {0x207F, 0x207F}, {0x2081, 0x2084}, {0x20AC, 0x20AC},
|
|
|
1110 {0x2103, 0x2103}, {0x2105, 0x2105}, {0x2109, 0x2109},
|
|
|
1111 {0x2113, 0x2113}, {0x2116, 0x2116}, {0x2121, 0x2122},
|
|
|
1112 {0x2126, 0x2126}, {0x212B, 0x212B}, {0x2153, 0x2154},
|
|
|
1113 {0x215B, 0x215E}, {0x2160, 0x216B}, {0x2170, 0x2179},
|
|
|
1114 {0x2190, 0x2199}, {0x21B8, 0x21B9}, {0x21D2, 0x21D2},
|
|
|
1115 {0x21D4, 0x21D4}, {0x21E7, 0x21E7}, {0x2200, 0x2200},
|
|
|
1116 {0x2202, 0x2203}, {0x2207, 0x2208}, {0x220B, 0x220B},
|
|
|
1117 {0x220F, 0x220F}, {0x2211, 0x2211}, {0x2215, 0x2215},
|
|
|
1118 {0x221A, 0x221A}, {0x221D, 0x2220}, {0x2223, 0x2223},
|
|
|
1119 {0x2225, 0x2225}, {0x2227, 0x222C}, {0x222E, 0x222E},
|
|
|
1120 {0x2234, 0x2237}, {0x223C, 0x223D}, {0x2248, 0x2248},
|
|
|
1121 {0x224C, 0x224C}, {0x2252, 0x2252}, {0x2260, 0x2261},
|
|
|
1122 {0x2264, 0x2267}, {0x226A, 0x226B}, {0x226E, 0x226F},
|
|
|
1123 {0x2282, 0x2283}, {0x2286, 0x2287}, {0x2295, 0x2295},
|
|
|
1124 {0x2299, 0x2299}, {0x22A5, 0x22A5}, {0x22BF, 0x22BF},
|
|
|
1125 {0x2312, 0x2312}, {0x2460, 0x24E9}, {0x24EB, 0x254B},
|
|
|
1126 {0x2550, 0x2573}, {0x2580, 0x258F}, {0x2592, 0x2595},
|
|
|
1127 {0x25A0, 0x25A1}, {0x25A3, 0x25A9}, {0x25B2, 0x25B3},
|
|
|
1128 {0x25B6, 0x25B7}, {0x25BC, 0x25BD}, {0x25C0, 0x25C1},
|
|
|
1129 {0x25C6, 0x25C8}, {0x25CB, 0x25CB}, {0x25CE, 0x25D1},
|
|
|
1130 {0x25E2, 0x25E5}, {0x25EF, 0x25EF}, {0x2605, 0x2606},
|
|
|
1131 {0x2609, 0x2609}, {0x260E, 0x260F}, {0x2614, 0x2615},
|
|
|
1132 {0x261C, 0x261C}, {0x261E, 0x261E}, {0x2640, 0x2640},
|
|
|
1133 {0x2642, 0x2642}, {0x2660, 0x2661}, {0x2663, 0x2665},
|
|
|
1134 {0x2667, 0x266A}, {0x266C, 0x266D}, {0x266F, 0x266F},
|
|
|
1135 {0x273D, 0x273D}, {0x2776, 0x277F}, {0xE000, 0xF8FF},
|
|
|
1136 {0xFFFD, 0xFFFD}, /* {0xF0000, 0xFFFFD}, {0x100000, 0x10FFFD} */
|
|
|
1137 };
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 if (c >= 0x100)
|
|
|
1140 {
|
|
|
1141 #ifdef USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
1142 /*
|
|
|
1143 * Assume the library function wcwidth() works better than our own
|
|
|
1144 * stuff. It should return 1 for ambiguous width chars!
|
|
|
1145 */
|
|
|
1146 int n = wcwidth(c);
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 if (n < 0)
|
|
|
1149 return 6; /* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */
|
|
|
1150 if (n > 1)
|
|
|
1151 return n;
|
|
|
1152 #else
|
|
|
1153 if (!utf_printable(c))
|
|
|
1154 return 6; /* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */
|
|
|
1155 if (c >= 0x1100
|
|
|
1156 && (c <= 0x115f /* Hangul Jamo */
|
|
|
1157 || c == 0x2329
|
|
|
1158 || c == 0x232a
|
|
|
1159 || (c >= 0x2e80 && c <= 0xa4cf
|
|
|
1160 && c != 0x303f) /* CJK ... Yi */
|
|
|
1161 || (c >= 0xac00 && c <= 0xd7a3) /* Hangul Syllables */
|
|
|
1162 || (c >= 0xf900 && c <= 0xfaff) /* CJK Compatibility
|
|
|
1163 Ideographs */
|
|
|
1164 || (c >= 0xfe30 && c <= 0xfe6f) /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
|
|
|
1165 || (c >= 0xff00 && c <= 0xff60) /* Fullwidth Forms */
|
|
|
1166 || (c >= 0xffe0 && c <= 0xffe6)
|
|
|
1167 || (c >= 0x20000 && c <= 0x2fffd)
|
|
|
1168 || (c >= 0x30000 && c <= 0x3fffd)))
|
|
|
1169 return 2;
|
|
|
1170 #endif
|
|
|
1171 }
|
|
|
1172
|
|
|
1173 /* Characters below 0x100 are influenced by 'isprint' option */
|
|
|
1174 else if (c >= 0x80 && !vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
1175 return 4; /* unprintable, displays <xx> */
|
|
|
1176
|
|
|
1177 if (c >= 0x80 && *p_ambw == 'd' && intable(ambiguous, sizeof(ambiguous), c))
|
|
|
1178 return 2;
|
|
|
1179
|
|
|
1180 return 1;
|
|
|
1181 }
|
|
|
1182
|
|
|
1183 /*
|
|
|
1184 * mb_ptr2cells() function pointer.
|
|
|
1185 * Return the number of display cells character at "*p" occupies.
|
|
|
1186 * This doesn't take care of unprintable characters, use ptr2cells() for that.
|
|
|
1187 */
|
|
|
1188 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1189 int
|
|
|
1190 latin_ptr2cells(p)
|
|
|
1191 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1192 {
|
|
|
1193 return 1;
|
|
|
1194 }
|
|
|
1195
|
|
|
1196 int
|
|
|
1197 utf_ptr2cells(p)
|
|
|
1198 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1199 {
|
|
|
1200 int c;
|
|
|
1201
|
|
|
1202 /* Need to convert to a wide character. */
|
|
|
1203 if (*p >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1204 {
|
|
|
1205 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1206 /* An illegal byte is displayed as <xx>. */
|
|
|
1207 if (utf_ptr2len_check(p) == 1 || c == NUL)
|
|
|
1208 return 4;
|
|
|
1209 /* If the char is ASCII it must be an overlong sequence. */
|
|
|
1210 if (c < 0x80)
|
|
|
1211 return char2cells(c);
|
|
|
1212 return utf_char2cells(c);
|
|
|
1213 }
|
|
|
1214 return 1;
|
|
|
1215 }
|
|
|
1216
|
|
|
1217 int
|
|
|
1218 dbcs_ptr2cells(p)
|
|
|
1219 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1220 {
|
|
|
1221 /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
|
|
|
1222 * the first byte is 0x8e. */
|
|
|
1223 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
|
|
|
1224 return 1;
|
|
|
1225 return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
|
|
|
1226 }
|
|
|
1227
|
|
|
1228 /*
|
|
|
1229 * mb_char2cells() function pointer.
|
|
|
1230 * Return the number of display cells character "c" occupies.
|
|
|
1231 * Only takes care of multi-byte chars, not "^C" and such.
|
|
|
1232 */
|
|
|
1233 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1234 int
|
|
|
1235 latin_char2cells(c)
|
|
|
1236 int c;
|
|
|
1237 {
|
|
|
1238 return 1;
|
|
|
1239 }
|
|
|
1240
|
|
|
1241 static int
|
|
|
1242 dbcs_char2cells(c)
|
|
|
1243 int c;
|
|
|
1244 {
|
|
|
1245 /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
|
|
|
1246 * the first byte is 0x8e. */
|
|
|
1247 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ((unsigned)c >> 8) == 0x8e)
|
|
|
1248 return 1;
|
|
|
1249 /* use the first byte */
|
|
|
1250 return MB_BYTE2LEN((unsigned)c >> 8);
|
|
|
1251 }
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 /*
|
|
|
1254 * mb_off2cells() function pointer.
|
|
|
1255 * Return number of display cells for char at ScreenLines[off].
|
|
|
1256 * Caller must make sure "off" and "off + 1" are valid!
|
|
|
1257 */
|
|
|
1258 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1259 int
|
|
|
1260 latin_off2cells(off)
|
|
|
1261 unsigned off;
|
|
|
1262 {
|
|
|
1263 return 1;
|
|
|
1264 }
|
|
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 int
|
|
|
1267 dbcs_off2cells(off)
|
|
|
1268 unsigned off;
|
|
|
1269 {
|
|
|
1270 /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
|
|
|
1271 * the first byte is 0x8e. */
|
|
|
1272 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
|
|
|
1273 return 1;
|
|
|
1274 return MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off]);
|
|
|
1275 }
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 int
|
|
|
1278 utf_off2cells(off)
|
|
|
1279 unsigned off;
|
|
|
1280 {
|
|
|
1281 return ScreenLines[off + 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
1282 }
|
|
|
1283
|
|
|
1284 /*
|
|
|
1285 * mb_ptr2char() function pointer.
|
|
|
1286 * Convert a byte sequence into a character.
|
|
|
1287 */
|
|
|
1288 int
|
|
|
1289 latin_ptr2char(p)
|
|
|
1290 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1291 {
|
|
|
1292 return *p;
|
|
|
1293 }
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 static int
|
|
|
1296 dbcs_ptr2char(p)
|
|
|
1297 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1298 {
|
|
|
1299 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) > 1 && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
1300 return (p[0] << 8) + p[1];
|
|
|
1301 return *p;
|
|
|
1302 }
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 /*
|
|
|
1305 * Convert a UTF-8 byte sequence to a wide character.
|
|
|
1306 * If the sequence is illegal or truncated by a NUL the first byte is
|
|
|
1307 * returned.
|
|
|
1308 * Does not include composing characters, of course.
|
|
|
1309 */
|
|
|
1310 int
|
|
|
1311 utf_ptr2char(p)
|
|
|
1312 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1313 {
|
|
|
1314 int len;
|
|
|
1315
|
|
|
1316 if (p[0] < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
1317 return p[0];
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 len = utf8len_tab[p[0]];
|
|
|
1320 if ((p[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1321 {
|
|
|
1322 if (len == 2)
|
|
|
1323 return ((p[0] & 0x1f) << 6) + (p[1] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1324 if ((p[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1325 {
|
|
|
1326 if (len == 3)
|
|
|
1327 return ((p[0] & 0x0f) << 12) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 6)
|
|
|
1328 + (p[2] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1329 if ((p[3] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1330 {
|
|
|
1331 if (len == 4)
|
|
|
1332 return ((p[0] & 0x07) << 18) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 12)
|
|
|
1333 + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 6) + (p[3] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1334 if ((p[4] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1335 {
|
|
|
1336 if (len == 5)
|
|
|
1337 return ((p[0] & 0x03) << 24) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 18)
|
|
|
1338 + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 12) + ((p[3] & 0x3f) << 6)
|
|
|
1339 + (p[4] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1340 if ((p[5] & 0xc0) == 0x80 && len == 6)
|
|
|
1341 return ((p[0] & 0x01) << 30) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 24)
|
|
|
1342 + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 18) + ((p[3] & 0x3f) << 12)
|
|
|
1343 + ((p[4] & 0x3f) << 6) + (p[5] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1344 }
|
|
|
1345 }
|
|
|
1346 }
|
|
|
1347 }
|
|
|
1348 /* Illegal value, just return the first byte */
|
|
|
1349 return p[0];
|
|
|
1350 }
|
|
|
1351
|
|
|
1352 /*
|
|
|
1353 * Get character at **pp and advance *pp to the next character.
|
|
|
1354 * Note: composing characters are skipped!
|
|
|
1355 */
|
|
|
1356 int
|
|
|
1357 mb_ptr2char_adv(pp)
|
|
|
1358 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
1359 {
|
|
|
1360 int c;
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
1362 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(*pp);
|
|
|
1363 *pp += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(*pp);
|
|
|
1364 return c;
|
|
|
1365 }
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 #if defined(FEAT_ARABIC) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1368 /*
|
|
|
1369 * Check whether we are dealing with Arabic combining characters.
|
|
|
1370 * Note: these are NOT really composing characters!
|
|
|
1371 */
|
|
|
1372 int
|
|
|
1373 arabic_combine(one, two)
|
|
|
1374 int one; /* first character */
|
|
|
1375 int two; /* character just after "one" */
|
|
|
1376 {
|
|
|
1377 if (one == a_LAM)
|
|
|
1378 return arabic_maycombine(two);
|
|
|
1379 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1380 }
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 /*
|
|
|
1383 * Check whether we are dealing with a character that could be regarded as an
|
|
|
1384 * Arabic combining character, need to check the character before this.
|
|
|
1385 */
|
|
|
1386 int
|
|
|
1387 arabic_maycombine(two)
|
|
|
1388 int two;
|
|
|
1389 {
|
|
|
1390 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi)
|
|
|
1391 return (two == a_ALEF_MADDA
|
|
|
1392 || two == a_ALEF_HAMZA_ABOVE
|
|
|
1393 || two == a_ALEF_HAMZA_BELOW
|
|
|
1394 || two == a_ALEF);
|
|
|
1395 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1396 }
|
|
|
1397
|
|
|
1398 /*
|
|
|
1399 * Check if the character pointed to by "p2" is a composing character when it
|
|
|
1400 * comes after "p1". For Arabic sometimes "ab" is replaced with "c", which
|
|
|
1401 * behaves like a composing character.
|
|
|
1402 */
|
|
|
1403 int
|
|
|
1404 utf_composinglike(p1, p2)
|
|
|
1405 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1406 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1407 {
|
|
|
1408 int c2;
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 c2 = utf_ptr2char(p2);
|
|
|
1411 if (utf_iscomposing(c2))
|
|
|
1412 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1413 if (!arabic_maycombine(c2))
|
|
|
1414 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1415 return arabic_combine(utf_ptr2char(p1), c2);
|
|
|
1416 }
|
|
|
1417 #endif
|
|
|
1418
|
|
|
1419 /*
|
|
|
1420 * Convert a UTF-8 byte string to a wide chararacter. Also get up to two
|
|
|
1421 * composing characters.
|
|
|
1422 */
|
|
|
1423 int
|
|
|
1424 utfc_ptr2char(p, p1, p2)
|
|
|
1425 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1426 int *p1; /* return: first composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1427 int *p2; /* return: second composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1428 {
|
|
|
1429 int len;
|
|
|
1430 int c;
|
|
|
1431 int cc;
|
|
|
1432
|
|
|
1433 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1434 len = utf_ptr2len_check(p);
|
|
|
1435 /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */
|
|
|
1436 if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80)
|
|
|
1437 && p[len] >= 0x80
|
|
|
1438 && UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p, p + len))
|
|
|
1439 {
|
|
|
1440 *p1 = utf_ptr2char(p + len);
|
|
|
1441 len += utf_ptr2len_check(p + len);
|
|
|
1442 if (p[len] >= 0x80 && utf_iscomposing(cc = utf_ptr2char(p + len)))
|
|
|
1443 *p2 = cc;
|
|
|
1444 else
|
|
|
1445 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1446 }
|
|
|
1447 else
|
|
|
1448 {
|
|
|
1449 *p1 = 0;
|
|
|
1450 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1451 }
|
|
|
1452 return c;
|
|
|
1453 }
|
|
|
1454
|
|
|
1455 /*
|
|
|
1456 * Convert a UTF-8 byte string to a wide chararacter. Also get up to two
|
|
|
1457 * composing characters. Use no more than p[maxlen].
|
|
|
1458 */
|
|
|
1459 int
|
|
|
1460 utfc_ptr2char_len(p, p1, p2, maxlen)
|
|
|
1461 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1462 int *p1; /* return: first composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1463 int *p2; /* return: second composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1464 int maxlen;
|
|
|
1465 {
|
|
|
1466 int len;
|
|
|
1467 int c;
|
|
|
1468 int cc;
|
|
|
1469
|
|
|
1470 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1471 len = utf_ptr2len_check_len(p, maxlen);
|
|
|
1472 /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */
|
|
|
1473 if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80)
|
|
|
1474 && len < maxlen
|
|
|
1475 && p[len] >= 0x80
|
|
|
1476 && UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p, p + len))
|
|
|
1477 {
|
|
|
1478 *p1 = utf_ptr2char(p + len);
|
|
|
1479 len += utf_ptr2len_check_len(p + len, maxlen - len);
|
|
|
1480 if (len < maxlen
|
|
|
1481 && p[len] >= 0x80
|
|
|
1482 && utf_iscomposing(cc = utf_ptr2char(p + len)))
|
|
|
1483 *p2 = cc;
|
|
|
1484 else
|
|
|
1485 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1486 }
|
|
|
1487 else
|
|
|
1488 {
|
|
|
1489 *p1 = 0;
|
|
|
1490 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1491 }
|
|
|
1492 return c;
|
|
|
1493 }
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 /*
|
|
|
1496 * Convert the character at screen position "off" to a sequence of bytes.
|
|
|
1497 * Includes the composing characters.
|
|
|
1498 * "buf" must at least have the length MB_MAXBYTES.
|
|
|
1499 * Returns the produced number of bytes.
|
|
|
1500 */
|
|
|
1501 int
|
|
|
1502 utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)
|
|
|
1503 int off;
|
|
|
1504 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1505 {
|
|
|
1506 int len;
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 len = utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesUC[off], buf);
|
|
|
1509 if (ScreenLinesC1[off] != 0)
|
|
|
1510 {
|
|
|
1511 len += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesC1[off], buf + len);
|
|
|
1512 if (ScreenLinesC2[off] != 0)
|
|
|
1513 len += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesC2[off], buf + len);
|
|
|
1514 }
|
|
|
1515 return len;
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 /*
|
|
|
1519 * Get the length of a UTF-8 byte sequence, not including any following
|
|
|
1520 * composing characters.
|
|
|
1521 * Returns 0 for "".
|
|
|
1522 * Returns 1 for an illegal byte sequence.
|
|
|
1523 */
|
|
|
1524 int
|
|
|
1525 utf_ptr2len_check(p)
|
|
|
1526 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1527 {
|
|
|
1528 int len;
|
|
|
1529 int i;
|
|
|
1530
|
|
|
1531 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1532 return 0;
|
|
|
1533 len = utf8len_tab[*p];
|
|
|
1534 for (i = 1; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1535 if ((p[i] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
1536 return 1;
|
|
|
1537 return len;
|
|
|
1538 }
|
|
|
1539
|
|
|
1540 /*
|
|
|
1541 * Return length of UTF-8 character, obtained from the first byte.
|
|
|
1542 * "b" must be between 0 and 255!
|
|
|
1543 */
|
|
|
1544 int
|
|
|
1545 utf_byte2len(b)
|
|
|
1546 int b;
|
|
|
1547 {
|
|
|
1548 return utf8len_tab[b];
|
|
|
1549 }
|
|
|
1550
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * Get the length of UTF-8 byte sequence "p[size]". Does not include any
|
|
|
1553 * following composing characters.
|
|
|
1554 * Returns 1 for "".
|
|
|
1555 * Returns 1 for an illegal byte sequence.
|
|
|
1556 * Returns number > "size" for an incomplete byte sequence.
|
|
|
1557 */
|
|
|
1558 int
|
|
|
1559 utf_ptr2len_check_len(p, size)
|
|
|
1560 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1561 int size;
|
|
|
1562 {
|
|
|
1563 int len;
|
|
|
1564 int i;
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1567 return 1;
|
|
|
1568 len = utf8len_tab[*p];
|
|
|
1569 if (len > size)
|
|
|
1570 return len; /* incomplete byte sequence. */
|
|
|
1571 for (i = 1; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1572 if ((p[i] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
1573 return 1;
|
|
|
1574 return len;
|
|
|
1575 }
|
|
|
1576
|
|
|
1577 /*
|
|
|
1578 * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of the character at "p" takes.
|
|
|
1579 * This includes following composing characters.
|
|
|
1580 */
|
|
|
1581 int
|
|
|
1582 utfc_ptr2len_check(p)
|
|
|
1583 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1584 {
|
|
|
1585 int len;
|
|
318
|
1586 int b0 = *p;
|
|
7
|
1587 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1588 int prevlen;
|
|
|
1589 #endif
|
|
|
1590
|
|
318
|
1591 if (b0 == NUL)
|
|
7
|
1592 return 0;
|
|
318
|
1593 if (b0 < 0x80 && p[1] < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
7
|
1594 return 1;
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596 /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */
|
|
|
1597 len = utf_ptr2len_check(p);
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 /* Check for illegal byte. */
|
|
318
|
1600 if (len == 1 && b0 >= 0x80)
|
|
7
|
1601 return 1;
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 /*
|
|
|
1604 * Check for composing characters. We can handle only the first two, but
|
|
|
1605 * skip all of them (otherwise the cursor would get stuck).
|
|
|
1606 */
|
|
|
1607 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1608 prevlen = 0;
|
|
|
1609 #endif
|
|
|
1610 for (;;)
|
|
|
1611 {
|
|
|
1612 if (p[len] < 0x80 || !UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len))
|
|
|
1613 return len;
|
|
|
1614
|
|
|
1615 /* Skip over composing char */
|
|
|
1616 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1617 prevlen = len;
|
|
|
1618 #endif
|
|
|
1619 len += utf_ptr2len_check(p + len);
|
|
|
1620 }
|
|
|
1621 }
|
|
|
1622
|
|
|
1623 /*
|
|
|
1624 * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of the character at "p[size]"
|
|
|
1625 * takes. This includes following composing characters.
|
|
|
1626 * Returns 1 for an illegal char or an incomplete byte sequence.
|
|
|
1627 */
|
|
|
1628 int
|
|
|
1629 utfc_ptr2len_check_len(p, size)
|
|
|
1630 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1631 int size;
|
|
|
1632 {
|
|
|
1633 int len;
|
|
|
1634 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1635 int prevlen;
|
|
|
1636 #endif
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1639 return 0;
|
|
|
1640 if (p[0] < 0x80 && (size == 1 || p[1] < 0x80)) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
1641 return 1;
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */
|
|
|
1644 len = utf_ptr2len_check_len(p, size);
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 /* Check for illegal byte and incomplete byte sequence. */
|
|
|
1647 if ((len == 1 && p[0] >= 0x80) || len > size)
|
|
|
1648 return 1;
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 /*
|
|
|
1651 * Check for composing characters. We can handle only the first two, but
|
|
|
1652 * skip all of them (otherwise the cursor would get stuck).
|
|
|
1653 */
|
|
|
1654 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1655 prevlen = 0;
|
|
|
1656 #endif
|
|
|
1657 while (len < size)
|
|
|
1658 {
|
|
|
1659 if (p[len] < 0x80 || !UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len))
|
|
|
1660 break;
|
|
|
1661
|
|
|
1662 /* Skip over composing char */
|
|
|
1663 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1664 prevlen = len;
|
|
|
1665 #endif
|
|
|
1666 len += utf_ptr2len_check_len(p + len, size - len);
|
|
|
1667 }
|
|
|
1668 return len;
|
|
|
1669 }
|
|
|
1670
|
|
|
1671 /*
|
|
|
1672 * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of character "c" takes.
|
|
|
1673 * This does not include composing characters.
|
|
|
1674 */
|
|
|
1675 int
|
|
|
1676 utf_char2len(c)
|
|
|
1677 int c;
|
|
|
1678 {
|
|
|
1679 if (c < 0x80)
|
|
|
1680 return 1;
|
|
|
1681 if (c < 0x800)
|
|
|
1682 return 2;
|
|
|
1683 if (c < 0x10000)
|
|
|
1684 return 3;
|
|
|
1685 if (c < 0x200000)
|
|
|
1686 return 4;
|
|
|
1687 if (c < 0x4000000)
|
|
|
1688 return 5;
|
|
|
1689 return 6;
|
|
|
1690 }
|
|
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 /*
|
|
|
1693 * Convert Unicode character "c" to UTF-8 string in "buf[]".
|
|
|
1694 * Returns the number of bytes.
|
|
|
1695 * This does not include composing characters.
|
|
|
1696 */
|
|
|
1697 int
|
|
|
1698 utf_char2bytes(c, buf)
|
|
|
1699 int c;
|
|
|
1700 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1701 {
|
|
|
1702 if (c < 0x80) /* 7 bits */
|
|
|
1703 {
|
|
|
1704 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1705 return 1;
|
|
|
1706 }
|
|
|
1707 if (c < 0x800) /* 11 bits */
|
|
|
1708 {
|
|
|
1709 buf[0] = 0xc0 + ((unsigned)c >> 6);
|
|
|
1710 buf[1] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1711 return 2;
|
|
|
1712 }
|
|
|
1713 if (c < 0x10000) /* 16 bits */
|
|
|
1714 {
|
|
|
1715 buf[0] = 0xe0 + ((unsigned)c >> 12);
|
|
|
1716 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1717 buf[2] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1718 return 3;
|
|
|
1719 }
|
|
|
1720 if (c < 0x200000) /* 21 bits */
|
|
|
1721 {
|
|
|
1722 buf[0] = 0xf0 + ((unsigned)c >> 18);
|
|
|
1723 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1724 buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1725 buf[3] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1726 return 4;
|
|
|
1727 }
|
|
|
1728 if (c < 0x4000000) /* 26 bits */
|
|
|
1729 {
|
|
|
1730 buf[0] = 0xf8 + ((unsigned)c >> 24);
|
|
|
1731 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1732 buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1733 buf[3] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1734 buf[4] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1735 return 5;
|
|
|
1736 }
|
|
|
1737 /* 31 bits */
|
|
|
1738 buf[0] = 0xfc + ((unsigned)c >> 30);
|
|
|
1739 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 24) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1740 buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1741 buf[3] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1742 buf[4] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1743 buf[5] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1744 return 6;
|
|
|
1745 }
|
|
|
1746
|
|
|
1747 /*
|
|
|
1748 * Return TRUE if "c" is a composing UTF-8 character. This means it will be
|
|
|
1749 * drawn on top of the preceding character.
|
|
|
1750 * Based on code from Markus Kuhn.
|
|
|
1751 */
|
|
|
1752 int
|
|
|
1753 utf_iscomposing(c)
|
|
|
1754 int c;
|
|
|
1755 {
|
|
|
1756 /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals */
|
|
|
1757 static struct interval combining[] =
|
|
|
1758 {
|
|
|
1759 {0x0300, 0x034f}, {0x0360, 0x036f}, {0x0483, 0x0486}, {0x0488, 0x0489},
|
|
|
1760 {0x0591, 0x05a1}, {0x05a3, 0x05b9}, {0x05bb, 0x05bd}, {0x05bf, 0x05bf},
|
|
|
1761 {0x05c1, 0x05c2}, {0x05c4, 0x05c4}, {0x0610, 0x0615}, {0x064b, 0x0658},
|
|
|
1762 {0x0670, 0x0670}, {0x06d6, 0x06dc}, {0x06de, 0x06e4}, {0x06e7, 0x06e8},
|
|
|
1763 {0x06ea, 0x06ed}, {0x0711, 0x0711}, {0x0730, 0x074a}, {0x07a6, 0x07b0},
|
|
|
1764 {0x0901, 0x0903}, {0x093c, 0x093c}, {0x093e, 0x094d}, {0x0951, 0x0954},
|
|
|
1765 {0x0962, 0x0963}, {0x0981, 0x0983}, {0x09bc, 0x09bc}, {0x09be, 0x09c4},
|
|
|
1766 {0x09c7, 0x09c8}, {0x09cb, 0x09cd}, {0x09d7, 0x09d7}, {0x09e2, 0x09e3},
|
|
|
1767 {0x0a01, 0x0a03}, {0x0a3c, 0x0a3c}, {0x0a3e, 0x0a42}, {0x0a47, 0x0a48},
|
|
|
1768 {0x0a4b, 0x0a4d}, {0x0a70, 0x0a71}, {0x0a81, 0x0a83}, {0x0abc, 0x0abc},
|
|
|
1769 {0x0abe, 0x0ac5}, {0x0ac7, 0x0ac9}, {0x0acb, 0x0acd}, {0x0ae2, 0x0ae3},
|
|
|
1770 {0x0b01, 0x0b03}, {0x0b3c, 0x0b3c}, {0x0b3e, 0x0b43}, {0x0b47, 0x0b48},
|
|
|
1771 {0x0b4b, 0x0b4d}, {0x0b56, 0x0b57}, {0x0b82, 0x0b82}, {0x0bbe, 0x0bc2},
|
|
|
1772 {0x0bc6, 0x0bc8}, {0x0bca, 0x0bcd}, {0x0bd7, 0x0bd7}, {0x0c01, 0x0c03},
|
|
|
1773 {0x0c3e, 0x0c44}, {0x0c46, 0x0c48}, {0x0c4a, 0x0c4d}, {0x0c55, 0x0c56},
|
|
|
1774 {0x0c82, 0x0c83}, {0x0cbc, 0x0cbc}, {0x0cbe, 0x0cc4}, {0x0cc6, 0x0cc8},
|
|
|
1775 {0x0cca, 0x0ccd}, {0x0cd5, 0x0cd6}, {0x0d02, 0x0d03}, {0x0d3e, 0x0d43},
|
|
|
1776 {0x0d46, 0x0d48}, {0x0d4a, 0x0d4d}, {0x0d57, 0x0d57}, {0x0d82, 0x0d83},
|
|
|
1777 {0x0dca, 0x0dca}, {0x0dcf, 0x0dd4}, {0x0dd6, 0x0dd6}, {0x0dd8, 0x0ddf},
|
|
|
1778 {0x0df2, 0x0df3}, {0x0e31, 0x0e31}, {0x0e34, 0x0e3a}, {0x0e47, 0x0e4e},
|
|
|
1779 {0x0eb1, 0x0eb1}, {0x0eb4, 0x0eb9}, {0x0ebb, 0x0ebc}, {0x0ec8, 0x0ecd},
|
|
|
1780 {0x0f18, 0x0f19}, {0x0f35, 0x0f35}, {0x0f37, 0x0f37}, {0x0f39, 0x0f39},
|
|
|
1781 {0x0f3e, 0x0f3f}, {0x0f71, 0x0f84}, {0x0f86, 0x0f87}, {0x0f90, 0x0f97},
|
|
|
1782 {0x0f99, 0x0fbc}, {0x0fc6, 0x0fc6}, {0x102c, 0x1032}, {0x1036, 0x1039},
|
|
|
1783 {0x1056, 0x1059}, {0x1712, 0x1714}, {0x1732, 0x1734}, {0x1752, 0x1753},
|
|
|
1784 {0x1772, 0x1773}, {0x17b6, 0x17d3}, {0x17dd, 0x17dd}, {0x180b, 0x180d},
|
|
|
1785 {0x18a9, 0x18a9}, {0x1920, 0x192b}, {0x1930, 0x193b}, {0x20d0, 0x20ea},
|
|
|
1786 {0x302a, 0x302f}, {0x3099, 0x309a}, {0xfb1e, 0xfb1e}, {0xfe00, 0xfe0f},
|
|
|
1787 {0xfe20, 0xfe23},
|
|
|
1788 };
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 return intable(combining, sizeof(combining), c);
|
|
|
1791 }
|
|
|
1792
|
|
|
1793 /*
|
|
|
1794 * Return TRUE for characters that can be displayed in a normal way.
|
|
|
1795 * Only for characters of 0x100 and above!
|
|
|
1796 */
|
|
|
1797 int
|
|
|
1798 utf_printable(c)
|
|
|
1799 int c;
|
|
|
1800 {
|
|
|
1801 #ifdef USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
1802 /*
|
|
|
1803 * Assume the iswprint() library function works better than our own stuff.
|
|
|
1804 */
|
|
|
1805 return iswprint(c);
|
|
|
1806 #else
|
|
|
1807 /* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals.
|
|
|
1808 * 0xd800-0xdfff is reserved for UTF-16, actually illegal. */
|
|
|
1809 static struct interval nonprint[] =
|
|
|
1810 {
|
|
|
1811 {0x070f, 0x070f}, {0x180b, 0x180e}, {0x200b, 0x200f}, {0x202a, 0x202e},
|
|
|
1812 {0x206a, 0x206f}, {0xd800, 0xdfff}, {0xfeff, 0xfeff}, {0xfff9, 0xfffb},
|
|
|
1813 {0xfffe, 0xffff}
|
|
|
1814 };
|
|
|
1815
|
|
|
1816 return !intable(nonprint, sizeof(nonprint), c);
|
|
|
1817 #endif
|
|
|
1818 }
|
|
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 /*
|
|
|
1821 * Get class of a Unicode character.
|
|
|
1822 * 0: white space
|
|
|
1823 * 1: punctuation
|
|
|
1824 * 2 or bigger: some class of word character.
|
|
|
1825 */
|
|
|
1826 int
|
|
|
1827 utf_class(c)
|
|
|
1828 int c;
|
|
|
1829 {
|
|
|
1830 /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals */
|
|
|
1831 static struct clinterval
|
|
|
1832 {
|
|
|
1833 unsigned short first;
|
|
|
1834 unsigned short last;
|
|
|
1835 unsigned short class;
|
|
|
1836 } classes[] =
|
|
|
1837 {
|
|
|
1838 {0x037e, 0x037e, 1}, /* Greek question mark */
|
|
|
1839 {0x0387, 0x0387, 1}, /* Greek ano teleia */
|
|
|
1840 {0x055a, 0x055f, 1}, /* Armenian punctuation */
|
|
|
1841 {0x0589, 0x0589, 1}, /* Armenian full stop */
|
|
|
1842 {0x05be, 0x05be, 1},
|
|
|
1843 {0x05c0, 0x05c0, 1},
|
|
|
1844 {0x05c3, 0x05c3, 1},
|
|
|
1845 {0x05f3, 0x05f4, 1},
|
|
|
1846 {0x060c, 0x060c, 1},
|
|
|
1847 {0x061b, 0x061b, 1},
|
|
|
1848 {0x061f, 0x061f, 1},
|
|
|
1849 {0x066a, 0x066d, 1},
|
|
|
1850 {0x06d4, 0x06d4, 1},
|
|
|
1851 {0x0700, 0x070d, 1}, /* Syriac punctuation */
|
|
|
1852 {0x0964, 0x0965, 1},
|
|
|
1853 {0x0970, 0x0970, 1},
|
|
|
1854 {0x0df4, 0x0df4, 1},
|
|
|
1855 {0x0e4f, 0x0e4f, 1},
|
|
|
1856 {0x0e5a, 0x0e5b, 1},
|
|
|
1857 {0x0f04, 0x0f12, 1},
|
|
|
1858 {0x0f3a, 0x0f3d, 1},
|
|
|
1859 {0x0f85, 0x0f85, 1},
|
|
|
1860 {0x104a, 0x104f, 1}, /* Myanmar punctuation */
|
|
|
1861 {0x10fb, 0x10fb, 1}, /* Georgian punctuation */
|
|
|
1862 {0x1361, 0x1368, 1}, /* Ethiopic punctuation */
|
|
|
1863 {0x166d, 0x166e, 1}, /* Canadian Syl. punctuation */
|
|
|
1864 {0x1680, 0x1680, 0},
|
|
|
1865 {0x169b, 0x169c, 1},
|
|
|
1866 {0x16eb, 0x16ed, 1},
|
|
|
1867 {0x1735, 0x1736, 1},
|
|
|
1868 {0x17d4, 0x17dc, 1}, /* Khmer punctuation */
|
|
|
1869 {0x1800, 0x180a, 1}, /* Mongolian punctuation */
|
|
|
1870 {0x2000, 0x200b, 0}, /* spaces */
|
|
|
1871 {0x200c, 0x2027, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1872 {0x2028, 0x2029, 0},
|
|
|
1873 {0x202a, 0x202e, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1874 {0x202f, 0x202f, 0},
|
|
|
1875 {0x2030, 0x205e, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1876 {0x205f, 0x205f, 0},
|
|
|
1877 {0x2060, 0x27ff, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1878 {0x2070, 0x207f, 0x2070}, /* superscript */
|
|
|
1879 {0x2080, 0x208f, 0x2080}, /* subscript */
|
|
|
1880 {0x2983, 0x2998, 1},
|
|
|
1881 {0x29d8, 0x29db, 1},
|
|
|
1882 {0x29fc, 0x29fd, 1},
|
|
|
1883 {0x3000, 0x3000, 0}, /* ideographic space */
|
|
|
1884 {0x3001, 0x3020, 1}, /* ideographic punctuation */
|
|
|
1885 {0x3030, 0x3030, 1},
|
|
|
1886 {0x303d, 0x303d, 1},
|
|
|
1887 {0x3040, 0x309f, 0x3040}, /* Hiragana */
|
|
|
1888 {0x30a0, 0x30ff, 0x30a0}, /* Katakana */
|
|
|
1889 {0x3300, 0x9fff, 0x4e00}, /* CJK Ideographs */
|
|
|
1890 {0xac00, 0xd7a3, 0xac00}, /* Hangul Syllables */
|
|
|
1891 {0xf900, 0xfaff, 0x4e00}, /* CJK Ideographs */
|
|
|
1892 {0xfd3e, 0xfd3f, 1},
|
|
|
1893 {0xfe30, 0xfe6b, 1}, /* punctuation forms */
|
|
|
1894 {0xff00, 0xff0f, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1895 {0xff1a, 0xff20, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1896 {0xff3b, 0xff40, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1897 {0xff5b, 0xff65, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1898 };
|
|
|
1899 int bot = 0;
|
|
|
1900 int top = sizeof(classes) / sizeof(struct clinterval) - 1;
|
|
|
1901 int mid;
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 /* First quick check for Latin1 characters, use 'iskeyword'. */
|
|
|
1904 if (c < 0x100)
|
|
|
1905 {
|
|
335
|
1906 if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == NUL || c == 0xa0)
|
|
7
|
1907 return 0; /* blank */
|
|
|
1908 if (vim_iswordc(c))
|
|
|
1909 return 2; /* word character */
|
|
|
1910 return 1; /* punctuation */
|
|
|
1911 }
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 /* binary search in table */
|
|
|
1914 while (top >= bot)
|
|
|
1915 {
|
|
|
1916 mid = (bot + top) / 2;
|
|
|
1917 if (classes[mid].last < c)
|
|
|
1918 bot = mid + 1;
|
|
|
1919 else if (classes[mid].first > c)
|
|
|
1920 top = mid - 1;
|
|
|
1921 else
|
|
|
1922 return (int)classes[mid].class;
|
|
|
1923 }
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 /* most other characters are "word" characters */
|
|
|
1926 return 2;
|
|
|
1927 }
|
|
|
1928
|
|
|
1929 /*
|
|
|
1930 * Code for Unicode case-dependent operations. Based on notes in
|
|
|
1931 * http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/CaseFolding.txt
|
|
|
1932 * This code uses simple case folding, not full case folding.
|
|
|
1933 */
|
|
|
1934
|
|
|
1935 /*
|
|
|
1936 * The following table is built by foldExtract.pl < CaseFolding.txt .
|
|
|
1937 * It must be in numeric order, because we use binary search on it.
|
|
|
1938 * An entry such as {0x41,0x5a,1,32} means that UCS-4 characters in the range
|
|
|
1939 * from 0x41 to 0x5a inclusive, stepping by 1, are folded by adding 32.
|
|
|
1940 */
|
|
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 typedef struct
|
|
|
1943 {
|
|
|
1944 int rangeStart;
|
|
|
1945 int rangeEnd;
|
|
|
1946 int step;
|
|
|
1947 int offset;
|
|
|
1948 } convertStruct;
|
|
|
1949
|
|
297
|
1950 static convertStruct foldCase[] =
|
|
7
|
1951 {
|
|
|
1952 {0x41,0x5a,1,32}, {0xc0,0xd6,1,32}, {0xd8,0xde,1,32},
|
|
|
1953 {0x100,0x12e,2,1}, {0x130,0x130,-1,-199}, {0x132,0x136,2,1},
|
|
|
1954 {0x139,0x147,2,1}, {0x14a,0x176,2,1}, {0x178,0x178,-1,-121},
|
|
|
1955 {0x179,0x17d,2,1}, {0x181,0x181,-1,210}, {0x182,0x184,2,1},
|
|
|
1956 {0x186,0x186,-1,206}, {0x187,0x187,-1,1}, {0x189,0x18a,1,205},
|
|
|
1957 {0x18b,0x18b,-1,1}, {0x18e,0x18e,-1,79}, {0x18f,0x18f,-1,202},
|
|
|
1958 {0x190,0x190,-1,203}, {0x191,0x191,-1,1}, {0x193,0x193,-1,205},
|
|
|
1959 {0x194,0x194,-1,207}, {0x196,0x196,-1,211}, {0x197,0x197,-1,209},
|
|
|
1960 {0x198,0x198,-1,1}, {0x19c,0x19c,-1,211}, {0x19d,0x19d,-1,213},
|
|
|
1961 {0x19f,0x19f,-1,214}, {0x1a0,0x1a4,2,1}, {0x1a6,0x1a6,-1,218},
|
|
|
1962 {0x1a7,0x1a7,-1,1}, {0x1a9,0x1a9,-1,218}, {0x1ac,0x1ac,-1,1},
|
|
|
1963 {0x1ae,0x1ae,-1,218}, {0x1af,0x1af,-1,1}, {0x1b1,0x1b2,1,217},
|
|
|
1964 {0x1b3,0x1b5,2,1}, {0x1b7,0x1b7,-1,219}, {0x1b8,0x1bc,4,1},
|
|
|
1965 {0x1c4,0x1c4,-1,2}, {0x1c5,0x1c5,-1,1}, {0x1c7,0x1c7,-1,2},
|
|
|
1966 {0x1c8,0x1c8,-1,1}, {0x1ca,0x1ca,-1,2}, {0x1cb,0x1db,2,1},
|
|
|
1967 {0x1de,0x1ee,2,1}, {0x1f1,0x1f1,-1,2}, {0x1f2,0x1f4,2,1},
|
|
|
1968 {0x1f6,0x1f6,-1,-97}, {0x1f7,0x1f7,-1,-56}, {0x1f8,0x21e,2,1},
|
|
|
1969 {0x220,0x220,-1,-130}, {0x222,0x232,2,1}, {0x386,0x386,-1,38},
|
|
|
1970 {0x388,0x38a,1,37}, {0x38c,0x38c,-1,64}, {0x38e,0x38f,1,63},
|
|
|
1971 {0x391,0x3a1,1,32}, {0x3a3,0x3ab,1,32}, {0x3d8,0x3ee,2,1},
|
|
|
1972 {0x3f4,0x3f4,-1,-60}, {0x3f7,0x3f7,-1,1}, {0x3f9,0x3f9,-1,-7},
|
|
|
1973 {0x3fa,0x3fa,-1,1}, {0x400,0x40f,1,80}, {0x410,0x42f,1,32},
|
|
|
1974 {0x460,0x480,2,1}, {0x48a,0x4be,2,1}, {0x4c1,0x4cd,2,1},
|
|
|
1975 {0x4d0,0x4f4,2,1}, {0x4f8,0x500,8,1}, {0x502,0x50e,2,1},
|
|
|
1976 {0x531,0x556,1,48}, {0x1e00,0x1e94,2,1}, {0x1ea0,0x1ef8,2,1},
|
|
|
1977 {0x1f08,0x1f0f,1,-8}, {0x1f18,0x1f1d,1,-8}, {0x1f28,0x1f2f,1,-8},
|
|
|
1978 {0x1f38,0x1f3f,1,-8}, {0x1f48,0x1f4d,1,-8}, {0x1f59,0x1f5f,2,-8},
|
|
|
1979 {0x1f68,0x1f6f,1,-8}, {0x1f88,0x1f8f,1,-8}, {0x1f98,0x1f9f,1,-8},
|
|
|
1980 {0x1fa8,0x1faf,1,-8}, {0x1fb8,0x1fb9,1,-8}, {0x1fba,0x1fbb,1,-74},
|
|
|
1981 {0x1fbc,0x1fbc,-1,-9}, {0x1fc8,0x1fcb,1,-86}, {0x1fcc,0x1fcc,-1,-9},
|
|
|
1982 {0x1fd8,0x1fd9,1,-8}, {0x1fda,0x1fdb,1,-100}, {0x1fe8,0x1fe9,1,-8},
|
|
|
1983 {0x1fea,0x1feb,1,-112}, {0x1fec,0x1fec,-1,-7}, {0x1ff8,0x1ff9,1,-128},
|
|
|
1984 {0x1ffa,0x1ffb,1,-126}, {0x1ffc,0x1ffc,-1,-9}, {0x2126,0x2126,-1,-7517},
|
|
|
1985 {0x212a,0x212a,-1,-8383}, {0x212b,0x212b,-1,-8262},
|
|
|
1986 {0x2160,0x216f,1,16}, {0x24b6,0x24cf,1,26}, {0xff21,0xff3a,1,32},
|
|
|
1987 {0x10400,0x10427,1,40}
|
|
|
1988 };
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 static int utf_convert(int a, convertStruct table[], int tableSize);
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 /*
|
|
|
1993 * Generic conversion function for case operations.
|
|
|
1994 * Return the converted equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use
|
|
|
1995 * the given conversion "table". Uses binary search on "table".
|
|
|
1996 */
|
|
|
1997 static int
|
|
|
1998 utf_convert(a, table, tableSize)
|
|
|
1999 int a;
|
|
|
2000 convertStruct table[];
|
|
|
2001 int tableSize;
|
|
|
2002 {
|
|
|
2003 int start, mid, end; /* indices into table */
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 start = 0;
|
|
|
2006 end = tableSize / sizeof(convertStruct);
|
|
|
2007 while (start < end)
|
|
|
2008 {
|
|
|
2009 /* need to search further */
|
|
|
2010 mid = (end + start) /2;
|
|
|
2011 if (table[mid].rangeEnd < a)
|
|
|
2012 start = mid + 1;
|
|
|
2013 else
|
|
|
2014 end = mid;
|
|
|
2015 }
|
|
|
2016 if (table[start].rangeStart <= a && a <= table[start].rangeEnd
|
|
|
2017 && (a - table[start].rangeStart) % table[start].step == 0)
|
|
|
2018 return (a + table[start].offset);
|
|
|
2019 else
|
|
|
2020 return a;
|
|
|
2021 }
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 /*
|
|
|
2024 * Return the folded-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Uses
|
|
|
2025 * simple case folding.
|
|
|
2026 */
|
|
|
2027 int
|
|
|
2028 utf_fold(a)
|
|
|
2029 int a;
|
|
|
2030 {
|
|
|
2031 return utf_convert(a, foldCase, sizeof(foldCase));
|
|
|
2032 }
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 /*
|
|
|
2035 * The following tables are built by upperLowerExtract.pl < UnicodeData.txt .
|
|
|
2036 * They must be in numeric order, because we use binary search on them.
|
|
|
2037 * An entry such as {0x41,0x5a,1,32} means that UCS-4 characters in the range
|
|
|
2038 * from 0x41 to 0x5a inclusive, stepping by 1, are switched to lower (for
|
|
|
2039 * example) by adding 32.
|
|
|
2040 */
|
|
297
|
2041 static convertStruct toLower[] =
|
|
7
|
2042 {
|
|
|
2043 {0x41,0x5a,1,32}, {0xc0,0xd6,1,32}, {0xd8,0xde,1,32},
|
|
|
2044 {0x100,0x12e,2,1}, {0x130,0x130,-1,-199}, {0x132,0x136,2,1},
|
|
|
2045 {0x139,0x147,2,1}, {0x14a,0x176,2,1}, {0x178,0x178,-1,-121},
|
|
|
2046 {0x179,0x17d,2,1}, {0x181,0x181,-1,210}, {0x182,0x184,2,1},
|
|
|
2047 {0x186,0x186,-1,206}, {0x187,0x187,-1,1}, {0x189,0x18a,1,205},
|
|
|
2048 {0x18b,0x18b,-1,1}, {0x18e,0x18e,-1,79}, {0x18f,0x18f,-1,202},
|
|
|
2049 {0x190,0x190,-1,203}, {0x191,0x191,-1,1}, {0x193,0x193,-1,205},
|
|
|
2050 {0x194,0x194,-1,207}, {0x196,0x196,-1,211}, {0x197,0x197,-1,209},
|
|
|
2051 {0x198,0x198,-1,1}, {0x19c,0x19c,-1,211}, {0x19d,0x19d,-1,213},
|
|
|
2052 {0x19f,0x19f,-1,214}, {0x1a0,0x1a4,2,1}, {0x1a6,0x1a6,-1,218},
|
|
|
2053 {0x1a7,0x1a7,-1,1}, {0x1a9,0x1a9,-1,218}, {0x1ac,0x1ac,-1,1},
|
|
|
2054 {0x1ae,0x1ae,-1,218}, {0x1af,0x1af,-1,1}, {0x1b1,0x1b2,1,217},
|
|
|
2055 {0x1b3,0x1b5,2,1}, {0x1b7,0x1b7,-1,219}, {0x1b8,0x1bc,4,1},
|
|
|
2056 {0x1c4,0x1ca,3,2}, {0x1cd,0x1db,2,1}, {0x1de,0x1ee,2,1},
|
|
|
2057 {0x1f1,0x1f1,-1,2}, {0x1f4,0x1f4,-1,1}, {0x1f6,0x1f6,-1,-97},
|
|
|
2058 {0x1f7,0x1f7,-1,-56}, {0x1f8,0x21e,2,1}, {0x220,0x220,-1,-130},
|
|
|
2059 {0x222,0x232,2,1}, {0x386,0x386,-1,38}, {0x388,0x38a,1,37},
|
|
|
2060 {0x38c,0x38c,-1,64}, {0x38e,0x38f,1,63}, {0x391,0x3a1,1,32},
|
|
|
2061 {0x3a3,0x3ab,1,32}, {0x3d8,0x3ee,2,1}, {0x3f4,0x3f4,-1,-60},
|
|
|
2062 {0x3f7,0x3f7,-1,1}, {0x3f9,0x3f9,-1,-7}, {0x3fa,0x3fa,-1,1},
|
|
|
2063 {0x400,0x40f,1,80}, {0x410,0x42f,1,32}, {0x460,0x480,2,1},
|
|
|
2064 {0x48a,0x4be,2,1}, {0x4c1,0x4cd,2,1}, {0x4d0,0x4f4,2,1},
|
|
|
2065 {0x4f8,0x500,8,1}, {0x502,0x50e,2,1}, {0x531,0x556,1,48},
|
|
|
2066 {0x1e00,0x1e94,2,1}, {0x1ea0,0x1ef8,2,1}, {0x1f08,0x1f0f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2067 {0x1f18,0x1f1d,1,-8}, {0x1f28,0x1f2f,1,-8}, {0x1f38,0x1f3f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2068 {0x1f48,0x1f4d,1,-8}, {0x1f59,0x1f5f,2,-8}, {0x1f68,0x1f6f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2069 {0x1fb8,0x1fb9,1,-8}, {0x1fba,0x1fbb,1,-74}, {0x1fc8,0x1fcb,1,-86},
|
|
|
2070 {0x1fd8,0x1fd9,1,-8}, {0x1fda,0x1fdb,1,-100}, {0x1fe8,0x1fe9,1,-8},
|
|
|
2071 {0x1fea,0x1feb,1,-112}, {0x1fec,0x1fec,-1,-7}, {0x1ff8,0x1ff9,1,-128},
|
|
|
2072 {0x1ffa,0x1ffb,1,-126}, {0x2126,0x2126,-1,-7517}, {0x212a,0x212a,-1,-8383},
|
|
|
2073 {0x212b,0x212b,-1,-8262}, {0xff21,0xff3a,1,32}, {0x10400,0x10427,1,40}
|
|
|
2074 };
|
|
|
2075
|
|
297
|
2076 static convertStruct toUpper[] =
|
|
7
|
2077 {
|
|
|
2078 {0x61,0x7a,1,-32}, {0xb5,0xb5,-1,743}, {0xe0,0xf6,1,-32},
|
|
|
2079 {0xf8,0xfe,1,-32}, {0xff,0xff,-1,121}, {0x101,0x12f,2,-1},
|
|
|
2080 {0x131,0x131,-1,-232}, {0x133,0x137,2,-1}, {0x13a,0x148,2,-1},
|
|
|
2081 {0x14b,0x177,2,-1}, {0x17a,0x17e,2,-1}, {0x17f,0x17f,-1,-300},
|
|
|
2082 {0x183,0x185,2,-1}, {0x188,0x18c,4,-1}, {0x192,0x192,-1,-1},
|
|
|
2083 {0x195,0x195,-1,97}, {0x199,0x199,-1,-1}, {0x19e,0x19e,-1,130},
|
|
|
2084 {0x1a1,0x1a5,2,-1}, {0x1a8,0x1ad,5,-1}, {0x1b0,0x1b4,4,-1},
|
|
|
2085 {0x1b6,0x1b9,3,-1}, {0x1bd,0x1bd,-1,-1}, {0x1bf,0x1bf,-1,56},
|
|
|
2086 {0x1c5,0x1c6,1,-1}, {0x1c8,0x1c9,1,-1}, {0x1cb,0x1cc,1,-1},
|
|
|
2087 {0x1ce,0x1dc,2,-1}, {0x1dd,0x1dd,-1,-79}, {0x1df,0x1ef,2,-1},
|
|
|
2088 {0x1f2,0x1f3,1,-1}, {0x1f5,0x1f9,4,-1}, {0x1fb,0x21f,2,-1},
|
|
|
2089 {0x223,0x233,2,-1}, {0x253,0x253,-1,-210}, {0x254,0x254,-1,-206},
|
|
|
2090 {0x256,0x257,1,-205}, {0x259,0x259,-1,-202}, {0x25b,0x25b,-1,-203},
|
|
|
2091 {0x260,0x260,-1,-205}, {0x263,0x263,-1,-207}, {0x268,0x268,-1,-209},
|
|
|
2092 {0x269,0x26f,6,-211}, {0x272,0x272,-1,-213}, {0x275,0x275,-1,-214},
|
|
|
2093 {0x280,0x283,3,-218}, {0x288,0x288,-1,-218}, {0x28a,0x28b,1,-217},
|
|
|
2094 {0x292,0x292,-1,-219}, {0x3ac,0x3ac,-1,-38}, {0x3ad,0x3af,1,-37},
|
|
|
2095 {0x3b1,0x3c1,1,-32}, {0x3c2,0x3c2,-1,-31}, {0x3c3,0x3cb,1,-32},
|
|
|
2096 {0x3cc,0x3cc,-1,-64}, {0x3cd,0x3ce,1,-63}, {0x3d0,0x3d0,-1,-62},
|
|
|
2097 {0x3d1,0x3d1,-1,-57}, {0x3d5,0x3d5,-1,-47}, {0x3d6,0x3d6,-1,-54},
|
|
|
2098 {0x3d9,0x3ef,2,-1}, {0x3f0,0x3f0,-1,-86}, {0x3f1,0x3f1,-1,-80},
|
|
|
2099 {0x3f2,0x3f2,-1,7}, {0x3f5,0x3f5,-1,-96}, {0x3f8,0x3fb,3,-1},
|
|
|
2100 {0x430,0x44f,1,-32}, {0x450,0x45f,1,-80}, {0x461,0x481,2,-1},
|
|
|
2101 {0x48b,0x4bf,2,-1}, {0x4c2,0x4ce,2,-1}, {0x4d1,0x4f5,2,-1},
|
|
|
2102 {0x4f9,0x501,8,-1}, {0x503,0x50f,2,-1}, {0x561,0x586,1,-48},
|
|
|
2103 {0x1e01,0x1e95,2,-1}, {0x1e9b,0x1e9b,-1,-59}, {0x1ea1,0x1ef9,2,-1},
|
|
|
2104 {0x1f00,0x1f07,1,8}, {0x1f10,0x1f15,1,8}, {0x1f20,0x1f27,1,8},
|
|
|
2105 {0x1f30,0x1f37,1,8}, {0x1f40,0x1f45,1,8}, {0x1f51,0x1f57,2,8},
|
|
|
2106 {0x1f60,0x1f67,1,8}, {0x1f70,0x1f71,1,74}, {0x1f72,0x1f75,1,86},
|
|
|
2107 {0x1f76,0x1f77,1,100}, {0x1f78,0x1f79,1,128}, {0x1f7a,0x1f7b,1,112},
|
|
|
2108 {0x1f7c,0x1f7d,1,126}, {0x1f80,0x1f87,1,8}, {0x1f90,0x1f97,1,8},
|
|
|
2109 {0x1fa0,0x1fa7,1,8}, {0x1fb0,0x1fb1,1,8}, {0x1fb3,0x1fb3,-1,9},
|
|
|
2110 {0x1fbe,0x1fbe,-1,-7205}, {0x1fc3,0x1fc3,-1,9}, {0x1fd0,0x1fd1,1,8},
|
|
|
2111 {0x1fe0,0x1fe1,1,8}, {0x1fe5,0x1fe5,-1,7}, {0x1ff3,0x1ff3,-1,9},
|
|
|
2112 {0xff41,0xff5a,1,-32}, {0x10428,0x1044f,1,-40}
|
|
|
2113 };
|
|
|
2114
|
|
|
2115 /*
|
|
|
2116 * Return the upper-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use
|
|
|
2117 * simple case folding.
|
|
|
2118 */
|
|
|
2119 int
|
|
|
2120 utf_toupper(a)
|
|
|
2121 int a;
|
|
|
2122 {
|
|
|
2123 /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style toupper(). */
|
|
|
2124 if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII))
|
|
|
2125 return TOUPPER_ASC(a);
|
|
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 #if defined(HAVE_TOWUPPER) && defined(__STDC__ISO_10646__)
|
|
|
2128 /* If towupper() is availble and handles Unicode, use it. */
|
|
|
2129 if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL))
|
|
|
2130 return towupper(a);
|
|
|
2131 #endif
|
|
|
2132
|
|
|
2133 /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive toupper(). */
|
|
|
2134 if (a < 128)
|
|
|
2135 return TOUPPER_LOC(a);
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */
|
|
|
2138 return utf_convert(a, toUpper, sizeof(toUpper));
|
|
|
2139 }
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 int
|
|
|
2142 utf_islower(a)
|
|
|
2143 int a;
|
|
|
2144 {
|
|
|
2145 return (utf_toupper(a) != a);
|
|
|
2146 }
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 /*
|
|
|
2149 * Return the lower-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use
|
|
|
2150 * simple case folding.
|
|
|
2151 */
|
|
|
2152 int
|
|
|
2153 utf_tolower(a)
|
|
|
2154 int a;
|
|
|
2155 {
|
|
|
2156 /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style tolower(). */
|
|
|
2157 if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII))
|
|
|
2158 return TOLOWER_ASC(a);
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 #if defined(HAVE_TOWLOWER) && defined(__STDC__ISO_10646__)
|
|
257
|
2161 /* If towlower() is available and handles Unicode, use it. */
|
|
7
|
2162 if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL))
|
|
|
2163 return towlower(a);
|
|
|
2164 #endif
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive tolower(). */
|
|
|
2167 if (a < 128)
|
|
|
2168 return TOLOWER_LOC(a);
|
|
|
2169
|
|
|
2170 /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */
|
|
|
2171 return utf_convert(a, toLower, sizeof(toLower));
|
|
|
2172 }
|
|
|
2173
|
|
|
2174 int
|
|
|
2175 utf_isupper(a)
|
|
|
2176 int a;
|
|
|
2177 {
|
|
|
2178 return (utf_tolower(a) != a);
|
|
|
2179 }
|
|
|
2180
|
|
|
2181 /*
|
|
|
2182 * Version of strnicmp() that handles multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
2183 * Needed for Big5, Sjift-JIS and UTF-8 encoding. Other DBCS encodings can
|
|
|
2184 * probably use strnicmp(), because there are no ASCII characters in the
|
|
|
2185 * second byte.
|
|
|
2186 * Returns zero if s1 and s2 are equal (ignoring case), the difference between
|
|
|
2187 * two characters otherwise.
|
|
|
2188 */
|
|
|
2189 int
|
|
303
|
2190 mb_strnicmp(s1, s2, nn)
|
|
7
|
2191 char_u *s1, *s2;
|
|
303
|
2192 size_t nn;
|
|
7
|
2193 {
|
|
|
2194 int i, j, l;
|
|
|
2195 int cdiff;
|
|
308
|
2196 int incomplete = FALSE;
|
|
303
|
2197 int n = nn;
|
|
7
|
2198
|
|
|
2199 for (i = 0; i < n; i += l)
|
|
|
2200 {
|
|
|
2201 if (s1[i] == NUL && s2[i] == NUL) /* both strings end */
|
|
|
2202 return 0;
|
|
|
2203 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2204 {
|
|
|
2205 l = utf_byte2len(s1[i]);
|
|
|
2206 if (l > n - i)
|
|
308
|
2207 {
|
|
7
|
2208 l = n - i; /* incomplete character */
|
|
308
|
2209 incomplete = TRUE;
|
|
|
2210 }
|
|
7
|
2211 /* Check directly first, it's faster. */
|
|
|
2212 for (j = 0; j < l; ++j)
|
|
|
2213 if (s1[i + j] != s2[i + j])
|
|
|
2214 break;
|
|
|
2215 if (j < l)
|
|
|
2216 {
|
|
|
2217 /* If one of the two characters is incomplete return -1. */
|
|
308
|
2218 if (incomplete || i + utf_byte2len(s2[i]) > n)
|
|
7
|
2219 return -1;
|
|
|
2220 cdiff = utf_fold(utf_ptr2char(s1 + i))
|
|
|
2221 - utf_fold(utf_ptr2char(s2 + i));
|
|
|
2222 if (cdiff != 0)
|
|
|
2223 return cdiff;
|
|
|
2224 }
|
|
|
2225 }
|
|
|
2226 else
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
|
2228 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(s1 + i);
|
|
|
2229 if (l <= 1)
|
|
|
2230 {
|
|
|
2231 /* Single byte: first check normally, then with ignore case. */
|
|
|
2232 if (s1[i] != s2[i])
|
|
|
2233 {
|
|
|
2234 cdiff = TOLOWER_LOC(s1[i]) - TOLOWER_LOC(s2[i]);
|
|
|
2235 if (cdiff != 0)
|
|
|
2236 return cdiff;
|
|
|
2237 }
|
|
|
2238 }
|
|
|
2239 else
|
|
|
2240 {
|
|
|
2241 /* For non-Unicode multi-byte don't ignore case. */
|
|
|
2242 if (l > n - i)
|
|
|
2243 l = n - i;
|
|
|
2244 cdiff = STRNCMP(s1 + i, s2 + i, l);
|
|
|
2245 if (cdiff != 0)
|
|
|
2246 return cdiff;
|
|
|
2247 }
|
|
|
2248 }
|
|
|
2249 }
|
|
|
2250 return 0;
|
|
|
2251 }
|
|
|
2252
|
|
|
2253 /*
|
|
|
2254 * "g8": show bytes of the UTF-8 char under the cursor. Doesn't matter what
|
|
|
2255 * 'encoding' has been set to.
|
|
|
2256 */
|
|
|
2257 void
|
|
|
2258 show_utf8()
|
|
|
2259 {
|
|
|
2260 int len;
|
|
273
|
2261 int rlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
2262 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2263 int clen;
|
|
|
2264 int i;
|
|
|
2265
|
|
|
2266 /* Get the byte length of the char under the cursor, including composing
|
|
|
2267 * characters. */
|
|
|
2268 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2269 len = utfc_ptr2len_check(line);
|
|
|
2270 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
2271 {
|
|
|
2272 MSG("NUL");
|
|
|
2273 return;
|
|
|
2274 }
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 clen = 0;
|
|
|
2277 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
2278 {
|
|
|
2279 if (clen == 0)
|
|
|
2280 {
|
|
|
2281 /* start of (composing) character, get its length */
|
|
|
2282 if (i > 0)
|
|
273
|
2283 {
|
|
|
2284 STRCPY(IObuff + rlen, "+ ");
|
|
|
2285 rlen += 2;
|
|
|
2286 }
|
|
7
|
2287 clen = utf_ptr2len_check(line + i);
|
|
|
2288 }
|
|
273
|
2289 sprintf((char *)IObuff + rlen, "%02x ", line[i]);
|
|
7
|
2290 --clen;
|
|
273
|
2291 rlen += STRLEN(IObuff + rlen);
|
|
|
2292 if (rlen > IOSIZE - 20)
|
|
|
2293 break;
|
|
7
|
2294 }
|
|
|
2295
|
|
|
2296 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
2297 }
|
|
|
2298
|
|
|
2299 /*
|
|
|
2300 * mb_head_off() function pointer.
|
|
|
2301 * Return offset from "p" to the first byte of the character it points into.
|
|
|
2302 * Returns 0 when already at the first byte of a character.
|
|
|
2303 */
|
|
|
2304 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
2305 int
|
|
|
2306 latin_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2307 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2308 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2309 {
|
|
|
2310 return 0;
|
|
|
2311 }
|
|
|
2312
|
|
|
2313 int
|
|
|
2314 dbcs_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2315 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2316 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2317 {
|
|
|
2318 char_u *q;
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
|
|
|
2321 * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte. */
|
|
|
2322 if (p <= base || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1)
|
|
|
2323 return 0;
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
|
|
|
2326 * byte we are looking for. Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise. */
|
|
|
2327 q = base;
|
|
|
2328 while (q < p)
|
|
|
2329 q += dbcs_ptr2len_check(q);
|
|
|
2330 return (q == p) ? 0 : 1;
|
|
|
2331 }
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) \
|
|
|
2334 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2335 /*
|
|
|
2336 * Special version of dbcs_head_off() that works for ScreenLines[], where
|
|
|
2337 * single-width DBCS_JPNU characters are stored separately.
|
|
|
2338 */
|
|
|
2339 int
|
|
|
2340 dbcs_screen_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2341 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2342 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2343 {
|
|
|
2344 char_u *q;
|
|
|
2345
|
|
|
2346 /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
|
|
|
2347 * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte.
|
|
|
2348 * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte in the previous cell always means we have a
|
|
|
2349 * lead byte in the current cell. */
|
|
|
2350 if (p <= base
|
|
|
2351 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && p[-1] == 0x8e)
|
|
|
2352 || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1)
|
|
|
2353 return 0;
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
|
|
|
2356 * byte we are looking for. Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
2357 * For DBCS_JPNU look out for 0x8e, which means the second byte is not
|
|
|
2358 * stored as the next byte. */
|
|
|
2359 q = base;
|
|
|
2360 while (q < p)
|
|
|
2361 {
|
|
|
2362 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *q == 0x8e)
|
|
|
2363 ++q;
|
|
|
2364 else
|
|
|
2365 q += dbcs_ptr2len_check(q);
|
|
|
2366 }
|
|
|
2367 return (q == p) ? 0 : 1;
|
|
|
2368 }
|
|
|
2369 #endif
|
|
|
2370
|
|
|
2371 int
|
|
|
2372 utf_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2373 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2374 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2375 {
|
|
|
2376 char_u *q;
|
|
|
2377 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2378 int c;
|
|
|
2379 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
2380 char_u *j;
|
|
|
2381 #endif
|
|
|
2382
|
|
|
2383 if (*p < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
2384 return 0;
|
|
|
2385
|
|
|
2386 /* Skip backwards over trailing bytes: 10xx.xxxx
|
|
|
2387 * Skip backwards again if on a composing char. */
|
|
|
2388 for (q = p; ; --q)
|
|
|
2389 {
|
|
|
2390 /* Move s to the last byte of this char. */
|
|
|
2391 for (s = q; (s[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++s)
|
|
|
2392 ;
|
|
|
2393 /* Move q to the first byte of this char. */
|
|
|
2394 while (q > base && (*q & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
2395 --q;
|
|
|
2396 /* Check for illegal sequence. Do allow an illegal byte after where we
|
|
|
2397 * started. */
|
|
|
2398 if (utf8len_tab[*q] != (int)(s - q + 1)
|
|
|
2399 && utf8len_tab[*q] != (int)(p - q + 1))
|
|
|
2400 return 0;
|
|
|
2401
|
|
|
2402 if (q <= base)
|
|
|
2403 break;
|
|
|
2404
|
|
|
2405 c = utf_ptr2char(q);
|
|
|
2406 if (utf_iscomposing(c))
|
|
|
2407 continue;
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
2410 if (arabic_maycombine(c))
|
|
|
2411 {
|
|
|
2412 /* Advance to get a sneak-peak at the next char */
|
|
|
2413 j = q;
|
|
|
2414 --j;
|
|
|
2415 /* Move j to the first byte of this char. */
|
|
|
2416 while (j > base && (*j & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
2417 --j;
|
|
|
2418 if (arabic_combine(utf_ptr2char(j), c))
|
|
|
2419 continue;
|
|
|
2420 }
|
|
|
2421 #endif
|
|
|
2422 break;
|
|
|
2423 }
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 return (int)(p - q);
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
|
2427
|
|
140
|
2428 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
2429 /*
|
|
99
|
2430 * Copy a character from "*fp" to "*tp" and advance the pointers.
|
|
|
2431 */
|
|
|
2432 void
|
|
|
2433 mb_copy_char(fp, tp)
|
|
|
2434 char_u **fp;
|
|
|
2435 char_u **tp;
|
|
|
2436 {
|
|
|
2437 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(*fp);
|
|
|
2438
|
|
|
2439 mch_memmove(*tp, *fp, (size_t)l);
|
|
|
2440 *tp += l;
|
|
|
2441 *fp += l;
|
|
|
2442 }
|
|
140
|
2443 #endif
|
|
99
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 /*
|
|
7
|
2446 * Return the offset from "p" to the first byte of a character. When "p" is
|
|
|
2447 * at the start of a character 0 is returned, otherwise the offset to the next
|
|
|
2448 * character. Can start anywhere in a stream of bytes.
|
|
|
2449 */
|
|
|
2450 int
|
|
|
2451 mb_off_next(base, p)
|
|
|
2452 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2453 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2454 {
|
|
|
2455 int i;
|
|
|
2456 int j;
|
|
|
2457
|
|
|
2458 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2459 {
|
|
|
2460 if (*p < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
2461 return 0;
|
|
|
2462
|
|
|
2463 /* Find the next character that isn't 10xx.xxxx */
|
|
|
2464 for (i = 0; (p[i] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i)
|
|
|
2465 ;
|
|
|
2466 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
2467 {
|
|
|
2468 /* Check for illegal sequence. */
|
|
|
2469 for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j)
|
|
|
2470 if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
2471 break;
|
|
|
2472 if (utf8len_tab[p[-j]] != i + j)
|
|
|
2473 return 0;
|
|
|
2474 }
|
|
|
2475 return i;
|
|
|
2476 }
|
|
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 /* Only need to check if we're on a trail byte, it doesn't matter if we
|
|
|
2479 * want the offset to the next or current character. */
|
|
|
2480 return (*mb_head_off)(base, p);
|
|
|
2481 }
|
|
|
2482
|
|
|
2483 /*
|
|
|
2484 * Return the offset from "p" to the last byte of the character it points
|
|
|
2485 * into. Can start anywhere in a stream of bytes.
|
|
|
2486 */
|
|
|
2487 int
|
|
|
2488 mb_tail_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2489 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2490 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2491 {
|
|
|
2492 int i;
|
|
|
2493 int j;
|
|
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
2496 return 0;
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2499 {
|
|
|
2500 /* Find the last character that is 10xx.xxxx */
|
|
|
2501 for (i = 0; (p[i + 1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i)
|
|
|
2502 ;
|
|
|
2503 /* Check for illegal sequence. */
|
|
|
2504 for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j)
|
|
|
2505 if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
2506 break;
|
|
|
2507 if (utf8len_tab[p[-j]] != i + j + 1)
|
|
|
2508 return 0;
|
|
|
2509 return i;
|
|
|
2510 }
|
|
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
|
|
|
2513 * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte. */
|
|
|
2514 if (enc_dbcs == 0 || p[1] == NUL || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1)
|
|
|
2515 return 0;
|
|
|
2516
|
|
|
2517 /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */
|
|
|
2518 return 1 - dbcs_head_off(base, p);
|
|
|
2519 }
|
|
|
2520
|
|
26
|
2521 #if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2522 /*
|
|
|
2523 * Return TRUE if string "s" is a valid utf-8 string.
|
|
|
2524 * When "end" is NULL stop at the first NUL.
|
|
|
2525 * When "end" is positive stop there.
|
|
|
2526 */
|
|
|
2527 int
|
|
|
2528 utf_valid_string(s, end)
|
|
|
2529 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2530 char_u *end;
|
|
|
2531 {
|
|
|
2532 int l;
|
|
|
2533 char_u *p = s;
|
|
|
2534
|
|
|
2535 while (end == NULL ? *p != NUL : p < end)
|
|
|
2536 {
|
|
|
2537 if ((*p & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
2538 return FALSE; /* invalid lead byte */
|
|
|
2539 l = utf8len_tab[*p];
|
|
|
2540 if (end != NULL && p + l > end)
|
|
|
2541 return FALSE; /* incomplete byte sequence */
|
|
|
2542 ++p;
|
|
|
2543 while (--l > 0)
|
|
|
2544 if ((*p++ & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
2545 return FALSE; /* invalid trail byte */
|
|
|
2546 }
|
|
|
2547 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2548 }
|
|
|
2549 #endif
|
|
|
2550
|
|
7
|
2551 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2552 /*
|
|
|
2553 * Special version of mb_tail_off() for use in ScreenLines[].
|
|
|
2554 */
|
|
|
2555 int
|
|
|
2556 dbcs_screen_tail_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2557 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2558 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2559 {
|
|
|
2560 /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
|
|
|
2561 * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte.
|
|
|
2562 * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte always means we have a lead byte in the current
|
|
|
2563 * cell. */
|
|
|
2564 if (*p == NUL || p[1] == NUL
|
|
|
2565 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
|
|
|
2566 || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1)
|
|
|
2567 return 0;
|
|
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */
|
|
|
2570 return 1 - dbcs_screen_head_off(base, p);
|
|
|
2571 }
|
|
|
2572 #endif
|
|
|
2573
|
|
|
2574 /*
|
|
|
2575 * If the cursor moves on an trail byte, set the cursor on the lead byte.
|
|
|
2576 * Thus it moves left if necessary.
|
|
|
2577 * Return TRUE when the cursor was adjusted.
|
|
|
2578 */
|
|
|
2579 void
|
|
|
2580 mb_adjust_cursor()
|
|
|
2581 {
|
|
|
2582 mb_adjustpos(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
2583 }
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 /*
|
|
|
2586 * Adjust position "*lp" to point to the first byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
2587 * If it points to a tail byte it's moved backwards to the head byte.
|
|
|
2588 */
|
|
|
2589 void
|
|
|
2590 mb_adjustpos(lp)
|
|
|
2591 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
2592 {
|
|
|
2593 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2594
|
|
|
2595 if (lp->col > 0
|
|
|
2596 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2597 || lp->coladd > 1
|
|
|
2598 #endif
|
|
|
2599 )
|
|
|
2600 {
|
|
|
2601 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
2602 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
2603 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2604 /* Reset "coladd" when the cursor would be on the right half of a
|
|
|
2605 * double-wide character. */
|
|
|
2606 if (lp->coladd == 1
|
|
|
2607 && p[lp->col] != TAB
|
|
|
2608 && vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(p + lp->col))
|
|
|
2609 && ptr2cells(p + lp->col) > 1)
|
|
|
2610 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
2611 #endif
|
|
|
2612 }
|
|
|
2613 }
|
|
|
2614
|
|
|
2615 /*
|
|
|
2616 * Return a pointer to the character before "*p", if there is one.
|
|
|
2617 */
|
|
|
2618 char_u *
|
|
|
2619 mb_prevptr(line, p)
|
|
|
2620 char_u *line; /* start of the string */
|
|
|
2621 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
|
2623 if (p > line)
|
|
39
|
2624 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
7
|
2625 return p;
|
|
|
2626 }
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628 /*
|
|
312
|
2629 * Return the character length of "str". Each multi-byte character counts as
|
|
|
2630 * one.
|
|
7
|
2631 */
|
|
|
2632 int
|
|
|
2633 mb_charlen(str)
|
|
|
2634 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2635 {
|
|
|
2636 int count;
|
|
|
2637
|
|
|
2638 if (str == NULL)
|
|
|
2639 return 0;
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 for (count = 0; *str != NUL; count++)
|
|
|
2642 str += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(str);
|
|
|
2643
|
|
|
2644 return count;
|
|
|
2645 }
|
|
|
2646
|
|
|
2647 /*
|
|
|
2648 * Try to un-escape a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
2649 * Used for the "to" and "from" part of a mapping.
|
|
|
2650 * Return the un-escaped string if it is a multi-byte character, and advance
|
|
|
2651 * "pp" to just after the bytes that formed it.
|
|
|
2652 * Return NULL if no multi-byte char was found.
|
|
|
2653 */
|
|
|
2654 char_u *
|
|
|
2655 mb_unescape(pp)
|
|
|
2656 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
2657 {
|
|
|
2658 static char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2659 int n, m = 0;
|
|
|
2660 char_u *str = *pp;
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
2662 /* Must translate K_SPECIAL KS_SPECIAL KE_FILLER to K_SPECIAL and CSI
|
|
|
2663 * KS_EXTRA KE_CSI to CSI. */
|
|
|
2664 for (n = 0; str[n] != NUL && m <= MB_MAXBYTES; ++n)
|
|
|
2665 {
|
|
|
2666 if (str[n] == K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
2667 && str[n + 1] == KS_SPECIAL
|
|
|
2668 && str[n + 2] == KE_FILLER)
|
|
|
2669 {
|
|
|
2670 buf[m++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2671 n += 2;
|
|
|
2672 }
|
|
|
2673 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2674 else if (str[n] == CSI
|
|
|
2675 && str[n + 1] == KS_EXTRA
|
|
|
2676 && str[n + 2] == (int)KE_CSI)
|
|
|
2677 {
|
|
|
2678 buf[m++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2679 n += 2;
|
|
|
2680 }
|
|
|
2681 # endif
|
|
|
2682 else if (str[n] == K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
2683 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2684 || str[n] == CSI
|
|
|
2685 # endif
|
|
|
2686 )
|
|
|
2687 break; /* a special key can't be a multibyte char */
|
|
|
2688 else
|
|
|
2689 buf[m++] = str[n];
|
|
|
2690 buf[m] = NUL;
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
2692 /* Return a multi-byte character if it's found. An illegal sequence
|
|
|
2693 * will result in a 1 here. */
|
|
|
2694 if ((*mb_ptr2len_check)(buf) > 1)
|
|
|
2695 {
|
|
|
2696 *pp = str + n + 1;
|
|
|
2697 return buf;
|
|
|
2698 }
|
|
|
2699 }
|
|
|
2700 return NULL;
|
|
|
2701 }
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 /*
|
|
|
2704 * Return TRUE if the character at "row"/"col" on the screen is the left side
|
|
|
2705 * of a double-width character.
|
|
|
2706 * Caller must make sure "row" and "col" are not invalid!
|
|
|
2707 */
|
|
|
2708 int
|
|
|
2709 mb_lefthalve(row, col)
|
|
|
2710 int row;
|
|
|
2711 int col;
|
|
|
2712 {
|
|
|
2713 #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN
|
|
|
2714 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
2715 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2716 #endif
|
|
|
2717 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
|
|
|
2718 return dbcs_off2cells(LineOffset[row] + col) > 1;
|
|
|
2719 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2720 return (col + 1 < Columns
|
|
|
2721 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col + 1] == 0);
|
|
|
2722 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2723 }
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 # if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) \
|
|
|
2726 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2727 /*
|
|
|
2728 * Correct a position on the screen, if it's the right halve of a double-wide
|
|
|
2729 * char move it to the left halve. Returns the corrected column.
|
|
|
2730 */
|
|
|
2731 int
|
|
|
2732 mb_fix_col(col, row)
|
|
|
2733 int col;
|
|
|
2734 int row;
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 col = check_col(col);
|
|
|
2737 row = check_row(row);
|
|
|
2738 if (has_mbyte && ScreenLines != NULL && col > 0
|
|
|
2739 && ((enc_dbcs
|
|
|
2740 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col] != NUL
|
|
|
2741 && dbcs_screen_head_off(ScreenLines + LineOffset[row],
|
|
|
2742 ScreenLines + LineOffset[row] + col))
|
|
|
2743 || (enc_utf8 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col] == 0)))
|
|
|
2744 --col;
|
|
|
2745 return col;
|
|
|
2746 }
|
|
|
2747 # endif
|
|
|
2748 #endif
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2751 static int enc_alias_search __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
2752
|
|
|
2753 /*
|
|
|
2754 * Skip the Vim specific head of a 'encoding' name.
|
|
|
2755 */
|
|
|
2756 char_u *
|
|
|
2757 enc_skip(p)
|
|
|
2758 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2759 {
|
|
|
2760 if (STRNCMP(p, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
2761 return p + 6;
|
|
|
2762 if (STRNCMP(p, "8bit-", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
2763 return p + 5;
|
|
|
2764 return p;
|
|
|
2765 }
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 /*
|
|
|
2768 * Find the canonical name for encoding "enc".
|
|
|
2769 * When the name isn't recognized, returns "enc" itself, but with all lower
|
|
|
2770 * case characters and '_' replaced with '-'.
|
|
|
2771 * Returns an allocated string. NULL for out-of-memory.
|
|
|
2772 */
|
|
|
2773 char_u *
|
|
|
2774 enc_canonize(enc)
|
|
|
2775 char_u *enc;
|
|
|
2776 {
|
|
|
2777 char_u *r;
|
|
|
2778 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
|
2779 int i;
|
|
|
2780
|
|
39
|
2781 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2782 if (STRCMP(enc, "default") == 0)
|
|
|
2783 {
|
|
|
2784 /* Use the default encoding as it's found by set_init_1(). */
|
|
|
2785 r = get_encoding_default();
|
|
|
2786 if (r == NULL)
|
|
|
2787 r = (char_u *)"latin1";
|
|
|
2788 return vim_strsave(r);
|
|
|
2789 }
|
|
|
2790 # endif
|
|
|
2791
|
|
7
|
2792 /* copy "enc" to allocted memory, with room for two '-' */
|
|
|
2793 r = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(enc) + 3));
|
|
|
2794 if (r != NULL)
|
|
|
2795 {
|
|
|
2796 /* Make it all lower case and replace '_' with '-'. */
|
|
|
2797 p = r;
|
|
|
2798 for (s = enc; *s != NUL; ++s)
|
|
|
2799 {
|
|
|
2800 if (*s == '_')
|
|
|
2801 *p++ = '-';
|
|
|
2802 else
|
|
|
2803 *p++ = TOLOWER_ASC(*s);
|
|
|
2804 }
|
|
|
2805 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 /* Skip "2byte-" and "8bit-". */
|
|
|
2808 p = enc_skip(r);
|
|
|
2809
|
|
|
2810 /* "iso8859" -> "iso-8859" */
|
|
|
2811 if (STRNCMP(p, "iso8859", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
2812 {
|
|
|
2813 mch_memmove(p + 4, p + 3, STRLEN(p + 2));
|
|
|
2814 p[3] = '-';
|
|
|
2815 }
|
|
|
2816
|
|
|
2817 /* "iso-8859n" -> "iso-8859-n" */
|
|
|
2818 if (STRNCMP(p, "iso-8859", 8) == 0 && p[8] != '-')
|
|
|
2819 {
|
|
|
2820 mch_memmove(p + 9, p + 8, STRLEN(p + 7));
|
|
|
2821 p[8] = '-';
|
|
|
2822 }
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 /* "latin-N" -> "latinN" */
|
|
|
2825 if (STRNCMP(p, "latin-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
2826 mch_memmove(p + 5, p + 6, STRLEN(p + 5));
|
|
|
2827
|
|
|
2828 if (enc_canon_search(p) >= 0)
|
|
|
2829 {
|
|
|
2830 /* canonical name can be used unmodified */
|
|
|
2831 if (p != r)
|
|
|
2832 mch_memmove(r, p, STRLEN(p) + 1);
|
|
|
2833 }
|
|
|
2834 else if ((i = enc_alias_search(p)) >= 0)
|
|
|
2835 {
|
|
|
2836 /* alias recognized, get canonical name */
|
|
|
2837 vim_free(r);
|
|
|
2838 r = vim_strsave((char_u *)enc_canon_table[i].name);
|
|
|
2839 }
|
|
|
2840 }
|
|
|
2841 return r;
|
|
|
2842 }
|
|
|
2843
|
|
|
2844 /*
|
|
|
2845 * Search for an encoding alias of "name".
|
|
|
2846 * Returns -1 when not found.
|
|
|
2847 */
|
|
|
2848 static int
|
|
|
2849 enc_alias_search(name)
|
|
|
2850 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2851 {
|
|
|
2852 int i;
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 for (i = 0; enc_alias_table[i].name != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
2855 if (STRCMP(name, enc_alias_table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
2856 return enc_alias_table[i].canon;
|
|
|
2857 return -1;
|
|
|
2858 }
|
|
|
2859 #endif
|
|
|
2860
|
|
|
2861 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2862
|
|
|
2863 #ifdef HAVE_LANGINFO_H
|
|
|
2864 # include <langinfo.h>
|
|
|
2865 #endif
|
|
|
2866
|
|
|
2867 /*
|
|
|
2868 * Get the canonicalized encoding of the current locale.
|
|
|
2869 * Returns an allocated string when successful, NULL when not.
|
|
|
2870 */
|
|
|
2871 char_u *
|
|
|
2872 enc_locale()
|
|
|
2873 {
|
|
|
2874 #ifndef WIN3264
|
|
|
2875 char *s;
|
|
|
2876 char *p;
|
|
|
2877 int i;
|
|
|
2878 #endif
|
|
|
2879 char buf[50];
|
|
|
2880 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
2881 long acp = GetACP();
|
|
|
2882
|
|
|
2883 if (acp == 1200)
|
|
|
2884 STRCPY(buf, "ucs-2le");
|
|
|
2885 else if (acp == 1252)
|
|
|
2886 STRCPY(buf, "latin1");
|
|
|
2887 else
|
|
|
2888 sprintf(buf, "cp%ld", acp);
|
|
|
2889 #else
|
|
|
2890 # ifdef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
|
|
2891 if ((s = nl_langinfo(CODESET)) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2892 # endif
|
|
167
|
2893 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2894 s = "utf-8";
|
|
|
2895 # else
|
|
|
2896 # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)
|
|
7
|
2897 if ((s = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL)) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
167
|
2898 # endif
|
|
7
|
2899 if ((s = getenv("LC_ALL")) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2900 if ((s = getenv("LC_CTYPE")) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2901 s = getenv("LANG");
|
|
167
|
2902 # endif
|
|
7
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2905 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 /* The most generic locale format is:
|
|
|
2908 * language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
|
|
|
2909 * If there is a '.' remove the part before it.
|
|
|
2910 * if there is something after the codeset, remove it.
|
|
|
2911 * Make the name lowercase and replace '_' with '-'.
|
|
|
2912 * Exception: "ja_JP.EUC" == "euc-jp", "zh_CN.EUC" = "euc-cn",
|
|
|
2913 * "ko_KR.EUC" == "euc-kr"
|
|
|
2914 */
|
|
|
2915 if ((p = (char *)vim_strchr((char_u *)s, '.')) != NULL)
|
|
|
2916 {
|
|
|
2917 if (p > s + 2 && STRNICMP(p + 1, "EUC", 3) == 0
|
|
|
2918 && !isalnum((int)p[4]) && p[4] != '-' && p[-3] == '_')
|
|
|
2919 {
|
|
|
2920 /* copy "XY.EUC" to "euc-XY" to buf[10] */
|
|
|
2921 STRCPY(buf + 10, "euc-");
|
|
|
2922 buf[14] = p[-2];
|
|
|
2923 buf[15] = p[-1];
|
|
|
2924 buf[16] = 0;
|
|
|
2925 s = buf + 10;
|
|
|
2926 }
|
|
|
2927 else
|
|
|
2928 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
2929 }
|
|
|
2930 for (i = 0; s[i] != NUL && i < sizeof(buf) - 1; ++i)
|
|
|
2931 {
|
|
|
2932 if (s[i] == '_' || s[i] == '-')
|
|
|
2933 buf[i] = '-';
|
|
|
2934 else if (isalnum((int)s[i]))
|
|
|
2935 buf[i] = TOLOWER_ASC(s[i]);
|
|
|
2936 else
|
|
|
2937 break;
|
|
|
2938 }
|
|
|
2939 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
2940 #endif
|
|
|
2941
|
|
|
2942 return enc_canonize((char_u *)buf);
|
|
|
2943 }
|
|
|
2944
|
|
|
2945 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2946 /*
|
|
|
2947 * Convert an encoding name to an MS-Windows codepage.
|
|
|
2948 * Returns zero if no codepage can be figured out.
|
|
|
2949 */
|
|
|
2950 int
|
|
|
2951 encname2codepage(name)
|
|
|
2952 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2953 {
|
|
|
2954 int cp;
|
|
|
2955 char_u *p = name;
|
|
|
2956 int idx;
|
|
|
2957
|
|
|
2958 if (STRNCMP(p, "8bit-", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
2959 p += 5;
|
|
|
2960 else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
2961 p += 6;
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 if (p[0] == 'c' && p[1] == 'p')
|
|
|
2964 cp = atoi(p + 2);
|
|
|
2965 else if ((idx = enc_canon_search(p)) >= 0)
|
|
|
2966 cp = enc_canon_table[idx].codepage;
|
|
|
2967 else
|
|
|
2968 return 0;
|
|
|
2969 if (IsValidCodePage(cp))
|
|
|
2970 return cp;
|
|
|
2971 return 0;
|
|
|
2972 }
|
|
|
2973 #endif
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 # if defined(USE_ICONV) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2976
|
|
|
2977 static char_u *iconv_string __ARGS((vimconv_T *vcp, char_u *str, int slen, int *unconvlenp));
|
|
|
2978
|
|
|
2979 /*
|
|
|
2980 * Call iconv_open() with a check if iconv() works properly (there are broken
|
|
|
2981 * versions).
|
|
|
2982 * Returns (void *)-1 if failed.
|
|
|
2983 * (should return iconv_t, but that causes problems with prototypes).
|
|
|
2984 */
|
|
|
2985 void *
|
|
|
2986 my_iconv_open(to, from)
|
|
|
2987 char_u *to;
|
|
|
2988 char_u *from;
|
|
|
2989 {
|
|
|
2990 iconv_t fd;
|
|
|
2991 #define ICONV_TESTLEN 400
|
|
|
2992 char_u tobuf[ICONV_TESTLEN];
|
|
|
2993 char *p;
|
|
|
2994 size_t tolen;
|
|
|
2995 static int iconv_ok = -1;
|
|
|
2996
|
|
|
2997 if (iconv_ok == FALSE)
|
|
|
2998 return (void *)-1; /* detected a broken iconv() previously */
|
|
|
2999
|
|
|
3000 #ifdef DYNAMIC_ICONV
|
|
|
3001 /* Check if the iconv.dll can be found. */
|
|
|
3002 if (!iconv_enabled(TRUE))
|
|
|
3003 return (void *)-1;
|
|
|
3004 #endif
|
|
|
3005
|
|
|
3006 fd = iconv_open((char *)enc_skip(to), (char *)enc_skip(from));
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 if (fd != (iconv_t)-1 && iconv_ok == -1)
|
|
|
3009 {
|
|
|
3010 /*
|
|
|
3011 * Do a dummy iconv() call to check if it actually works. There is a
|
|
|
3012 * version of iconv() on Linux that is broken. We can't ignore it,
|
|
|
3013 * because it's wide-spread. The symptoms are that after outputting
|
|
|
3014 * the initial shift state the "to" pointer is NULL and conversion
|
|
|
3015 * stops for no apparent reason after about 8160 characters.
|
|
|
3016 */
|
|
|
3017 p = (char *)tobuf;
|
|
|
3018 tolen = ICONV_TESTLEN;
|
|
|
3019 (void)iconv(fd, NULL, NULL, &p, &tolen);
|
|
|
3020 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3021 {
|
|
|
3022 iconv_ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
3023 iconv_close(fd);
|
|
|
3024 fd = (iconv_t)-1;
|
|
|
3025 }
|
|
|
3026 else
|
|
|
3027 iconv_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
3028 }
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 return (void *)fd;
|
|
|
3031 }
|
|
|
3032
|
|
|
3033 /*
|
|
|
3034 * Convert the string "str[slen]" with iconv().
|
|
|
3035 * If "unconvlenp" is not NULL handle the string ending in an incomplete
|
|
|
3036 * sequence and set "*unconvlenp" to the length of it.
|
|
|
3037 * Returns the converted string in allocated memory. NULL for an error.
|
|
|
3038 */
|
|
|
3039 static char_u *
|
|
|
3040 iconv_string(vcp, str, slen, unconvlenp)
|
|
|
3041 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
3042 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3043 int slen;
|
|
|
3044 int *unconvlenp;
|
|
|
3045 {
|
|
|
3046 const char *from;
|
|
|
3047 size_t fromlen;
|
|
|
3048 char *to;
|
|
|
3049 size_t tolen;
|
|
|
3050 size_t len = 0;
|
|
|
3051 size_t done = 0;
|
|
|
3052 char_u *result = NULL;
|
|
|
3053 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3054 int l;
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 from = (char *)str;
|
|
|
3057 fromlen = slen;
|
|
|
3058 for (;;)
|
|
|
3059 {
|
|
|
3060 if (len == 0 || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_E2BIG)
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
|
3062 /* Allocate enough room for most conversions. When re-allocating
|
|
|
3063 * increase the buffer size. */
|
|
|
3064 len = len + fromlen * 2 + 40;
|
|
|
3065 p = alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
3066 if (p != NULL && done > 0)
|
|
|
3067 mch_memmove(p, result, done);
|
|
|
3068 vim_free(result);
|
|
|
3069 result = p;
|
|
|
3070 if (result == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
3071 break;
|
|
|
3072 }
|
|
|
3073
|
|
|
3074 to = (char *)result + done;
|
|
|
3075 tolen = len - done - 2;
|
|
|
3076 /* Avoid a warning for systems with a wrong iconv() prototype by
|
|
|
3077 * casting the second argument to void *. */
|
|
|
3078 if (iconv(vcp->vc_fd, (void *)&from, &fromlen, &to, &tolen)
|
|
|
3079 != (size_t)-1)
|
|
|
3080 {
|
|
|
3081 /* Finished, append a NUL. */
|
|
|
3082 *to = NUL;
|
|
|
3083 break;
|
|
|
3084 }
|
|
|
3085
|
|
|
3086 /* Check both ICONV_EINVAL and EINVAL, because the dynamically loaded
|
|
|
3087 * iconv library may use one of them. */
|
|
|
3088 if (!vcp->vc_fail && unconvlenp != NULL
|
|
|
3089 && (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL))
|
|
|
3090 {
|
|
|
3091 /* Handle an incomplete sequence at the end. */
|
|
|
3092 *to = NUL;
|
|
|
3093 *unconvlenp = fromlen;
|
|
|
3094 break;
|
|
|
3095 }
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 /* Check both ICONV_EILSEQ and EILSEQ, because the dynamically loaded
|
|
|
3098 * iconv library may use one of them. */
|
|
|
3099 else if (!vcp->vc_fail
|
|
|
3100 && (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EILSEQ || ICONV_ERRNO == EILSEQ
|
|
|
3101 || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL))
|
|
|
3102 {
|
|
|
3103 /* Can't convert: insert a '?' and skip a character. This assumes
|
|
|
3104 * conversion from 'encoding' to something else. In other
|
|
|
3105 * situations we don't know what to skip anyway. */
|
|
|
3106 *to++ = '?';
|
|
|
3107 if ((*mb_ptr2cells)((char_u *)from) > 1)
|
|
|
3108 *to++ = '?';
|
|
221
|
3109 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3110 l = utfc_ptr2len_check_len((char_u *)from, fromlen);
|
|
|
3111 else
|
|
|
3112 {
|
|
|
3113 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)((char_u *)from);
|
|
227
|
3114 if (l > (int)fromlen)
|
|
221
|
3115 l = fromlen;
|
|
|
3116 }
|
|
7
|
3117 from += l;
|
|
|
3118 fromlen -= l;
|
|
|
3119 }
|
|
|
3120 else if (ICONV_ERRNO != ICONV_E2BIG)
|
|
|
3121 {
|
|
|
3122 /* conversion failed */
|
|
|
3123 vim_free(result);
|
|
|
3124 result = NULL;
|
|
|
3125 break;
|
|
|
3126 }
|
|
|
3127 /* Not enough room or skipping illegal sequence. */
|
|
|
3128 done = to - (char *)result;
|
|
|
3129 }
|
|
|
3130 return result;
|
|
|
3131 }
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 # if defined(DYNAMIC_ICONV) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3134 /*
|
|
|
3135 * Dynamically load the "iconv.dll" on Win32.
|
|
|
3136 */
|
|
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 #ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV /* just generating prototypes */
|
|
|
3139 # define HINSTANCE int
|
|
|
3140 #endif
|
|
297
|
3141 static HINSTANCE hIconvDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3142 static HINSTANCE hMsvcrtDLL = 0;
|
|
7
|
3143
|
|
|
3144 # ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL
|
|
|
3145 # define DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL "iconv.dll"
|
|
|
3146 # define DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT "libiconv.dll"
|
|
|
3147 # endif
|
|
|
3148 # ifndef DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL
|
|
|
3149 # define DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL "msvcrt.dll"
|
|
|
3150 # endif
|
|
|
3151
|
|
|
3152 /*
|
|
|
3153 * Try opening the iconv.dll and return TRUE if iconv() can be used.
|
|
|
3154 */
|
|
|
3155 int
|
|
|
3156 iconv_enabled(verbose)
|
|
|
3157 int verbose;
|
|
|
3158 {
|
|
|
3159 if (hIconvDLL != 0 && hMsvcrtDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3160 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3161 hIconvDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL);
|
|
|
3162 if (hIconvDLL == 0) /* sometimes it's called libiconv.dll */
|
|
|
3163 hIconvDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT);
|
|
|
3164 if (hIconvDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3165 hMsvcrtDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL);
|
|
|
3166 if (hIconvDLL == 0 || hMsvcrtDLL == 0)
|
|
|
3167 {
|
|
|
3168 /* Only give the message when 'verbose' is set, otherwise it might be
|
|
|
3169 * done whenever a conversion is attempted. */
|
|
|
3170 if (verbose && p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
3171 {
|
|
|
3172 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
3173 EMSG2(_(e_loadlib),
|
|
|
3174 hIconvDLL == 0 ? DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL : DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL);
|
|
292
|
3175 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
3176 }
|
|
7
|
3177 iconv_end();
|
|
|
3178 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3179 }
|
|
|
3180
|
|
344
|
3181 iconv = (void *)GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv");
|
|
|
3182 iconv_open = (void *)GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv_open");
|
|
|
3183 iconv_close = (void *)GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv_close");
|
|
|
3184 iconvctl = (void *)GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconvctl");
|
|
|
3185 iconv_errno = (void *)GetProcAddress(hMsvcrtDLL, "_errno");
|
|
7
|
3186 if (iconv == NULL || iconv_open == NULL || iconv_close == NULL
|
|
|
3187 || iconvctl == NULL || iconv_errno == NULL)
|
|
|
3188 {
|
|
|
3189 iconv_end();
|
|
|
3190 if (verbose && p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
3191 {
|
|
|
3192 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
3193 EMSG2(_(e_loadfunc), "for libiconv");
|
|
292
|
3194 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
3195 }
|
|
7
|
3196 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3197 }
|
|
|
3198 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3199 }
|
|
|
3200
|
|
|
3201 void
|
|
|
3202 iconv_end()
|
|
|
3203 {
|
|
|
3204 /* Don't use iconv() when inputting or outputting characters. */
|
|
|
3205 if (input_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV)
|
|
|
3206 convert_setup(&input_conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3207 if (output_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV)
|
|
|
3208 convert_setup(&output_conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 if (hIconvDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3211 FreeLibrary(hIconvDLL);
|
|
|
3212 if (hMsvcrtDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3213 FreeLibrary(hMsvcrtDLL);
|
|
|
3214 hIconvDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3215 hMsvcrtDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3216 }
|
|
|
3217 # endif /* DYNAMIC_ICONV */
|
|
|
3218 # endif /* USE_ICONV */
|
|
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 #endif /* FEAT_MBYTE */
|
|
|
3221
|
|
|
3222 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3223
|
|
|
3224 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
3225 static int xim_has_preediting INIT(= FALSE); /* IM current status */
|
|
|
3226
|
|
|
3227 /*
|
|
|
3228 * Set preedit_start_col to the current cursor position.
|
|
|
3229 */
|
|
|
3230 static void
|
|
|
3231 init_preedit_start_col(void)
|
|
|
3232 {
|
|
|
3233 if (State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3234 preedit_start_col = cmdline_getvcol_cursor();
|
|
|
3235 else if (curwin != NULL)
|
|
|
3236 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &preedit_start_col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3237 /* Prevent that preediting marks the buffer as changed. */
|
|
|
3238 xim_changed_while_preediting = curbuf->b_changed;
|
|
|
3239 }
|
|
|
3240 # endif
|
|
|
3241
|
|
|
3242 # if defined(HAVE_GTK2) && !defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 static int im_is_active = FALSE; /* IM is enabled for current mode */
|
|
|
3245 static int im_preedit_cursor = 0; /* cursor offset in characters */
|
|
|
3246 static int im_preedit_trailing = 0; /* number of characters after cursor */
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 static unsigned long im_commit_handler_id = 0;
|
|
|
3249 static unsigned int im_activatekey_keyval = GDK_VoidSymbol;
|
|
|
3250 static unsigned int im_activatekey_state = 0;
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 void
|
|
|
3253 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 int was_active;
|
|
|
3256
|
|
|
3257 was_active = !!im_is_active;
|
|
|
3258 im_is_active = (active && !p_imdisable);
|
|
|
3259
|
|
|
3260 if (im_is_active != was_active)
|
|
|
3261 xim_reset();
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 void
|
|
|
3265 xim_set_focus(int focus)
|
|
|
3266 {
|
|
|
3267 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3268 {
|
|
|
3269 if (focus)
|
|
|
3270 gtk_im_context_focus_in(xic);
|
|
|
3271 else
|
|
|
3272 gtk_im_context_focus_out(xic);
|
|
|
3273 }
|
|
|
3274 }
|
|
|
3275
|
|
|
3276 void
|
|
|
3277 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
3278 {
|
|
|
3279 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3280 {
|
|
|
3281 GdkRectangle area;
|
|
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 area.x = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3284 area.y = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3285 area.width = gui.char_width * (mb_lefthalve(row, col) ? 2 : 1);
|
|
|
3286 area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
3288 gtk_im_context_set_cursor_location(xic, &area);
|
|
|
3289 }
|
|
|
3290 }
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 # if 0 || defined(PROTO) /* apparently only used in gui_x11.c */
|
|
|
3293 void
|
|
|
3294 xim_set_preedit(void)
|
|
|
3295 {
|
|
|
3296 im_set_position(gui.row, gui.col);
|
|
|
3297 }
|
|
|
3298 # endif
|
|
|
3299
|
|
|
3300 static void
|
|
|
3301 im_add_to_input(char_u *str, int len)
|
|
|
3302 {
|
|
|
3303 /* Convert from 'termencoding' (always "utf-8") to 'encoding' */
|
|
|
3304 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3305 {
|
|
|
3306 str = string_convert(&input_conv, str, &len);
|
|
|
3307 g_return_if_fail(str != NULL);
|
|
|
3308 }
|
|
|
3309
|
|
|
3310 add_to_input_buf_csi(str, len);
|
|
|
3311
|
|
|
3312 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3313 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
3314
|
|
|
3315 if (p_mh) /* blank out the pointer if necessary */
|
|
|
3316 gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE);
|
|
|
3317 }
|
|
|
3318
|
|
|
3319 static void
|
|
|
3320 im_delete_preedit(void)
|
|
|
3321 {
|
|
|
3322 char_u bskey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'b'};
|
|
|
3323 char_u delkey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'D'};
|
|
|
3324
|
|
|
3325 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
3326 {
|
|
|
3327 im_preedit_cursor = 0;
|
|
|
3328 return;
|
|
|
3329 }
|
|
|
3330 for (; im_preedit_cursor > 0; --im_preedit_cursor)
|
|
|
3331 add_to_input_buf(bskey, (int)sizeof(bskey));
|
|
|
3332
|
|
|
3333 for (; im_preedit_trailing > 0; --im_preedit_trailing)
|
|
|
3334 add_to_input_buf(delkey, (int)sizeof(delkey));
|
|
|
3335 }
|
|
|
3336
|
|
|
3337 static void
|
|
|
3338 im_correct_cursor(int num_move_back)
|
|
|
3339 {
|
|
|
3340 char_u backkey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'l'};
|
|
|
3341
|
|
|
3342 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
3343 return;
|
|
|
3344 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
3345 if ((State & CMDLINE) == 0 && curwin != NULL && curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
3346 backkey[2] = 'r';
|
|
|
3347 # endif
|
|
|
3348 for (; num_move_back > 0; --num_move_back)
|
|
|
3349 add_to_input_buf(backkey, (int)sizeof(backkey));
|
|
|
3350 }
|
|
|
3351
|
|
|
3352 static int xim_expected_char = NUL;
|
|
|
3353 static int xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3354
|
|
|
3355 /*
|
|
|
3356 * Update the mode and cursor while in an IM callback.
|
|
|
3357 */
|
|
|
3358 static void
|
|
|
3359 im_show_info(void)
|
|
|
3360 {
|
|
|
3361 int old_vgetc_busy;
|
|
|
3362 old_vgetc_busy = vgetc_busy;
|
|
|
3363 vgetc_busy = TRUE;
|
|
|
3364 showmode();
|
|
|
3365 vgetc_busy = old_vgetc_busy;
|
|
|
3366 setcursor();
|
|
|
3367 out_flush();
|
|
|
3368 }
|
|
|
3369
|
|
|
3370 /*
|
|
|
3371 * Callback invoked when the user finished preediting.
|
|
|
3372 * Put the final string into the input buffer.
|
|
|
3373 */
|
|
|
3374 /*ARGSUSED0*/
|
|
|
3375 static void
|
|
|
3376 im_commit_cb(GtkIMContext *context, const gchar *str, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3377 {
|
|
|
3378 int slen = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
3379 int add_to_input = TRUE;
|
|
|
3380 int clen;
|
|
|
3381 int len = slen;
|
|
|
3382 int commit_with_preedit = TRUE;
|
|
|
3383 char_u *im_str, *p;
|
|
|
3384
|
|
|
3385 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3386 xim_log("im_commit_cb(): %s\n", str);
|
|
|
3387 #endif
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 /* The imhangul module doesn't reset the preedit string before
|
|
|
3390 * committing. Call im_delete_preedit() to work around that. */
|
|
|
3391 im_delete_preedit();
|
|
|
3392
|
|
|
3393 /* Indicate that preediting has finished. */
|
|
|
3394 if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3395 {
|
|
|
3396 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
3397 commit_with_preedit = FALSE;
|
|
|
3398 }
|
|
|
3399
|
|
|
3400 /* The thing which setting "preedit_start_col" to MAXCOL means that
|
|
|
3401 * "preedit_start_col" will be set forcely when calling
|
|
|
3402 * preedit_changed_cb() next time.
|
|
|
3403 * "preedit_start_col" should not reset with MAXCOL on this part. Vim
|
|
|
3404 * is simulating the preediting by using add_to_input_str(). when
|
|
|
3405 * preedit begin immediately before committed, the typebuf is not
|
|
|
3406 * flushed to screen, then it can't get correct "preedit_start_col".
|
|
|
3407 * Thus, it should calculate the cells by adding cells of the committed
|
|
|
3408 * string. */
|
|
|
3409 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3410 {
|
|
|
3411 im_str = string_convert(&input_conv, (char_u *)str, &len);
|
|
|
3412 g_return_if_fail(im_str != NULL);
|
|
|
3413 }
|
|
|
3414 else
|
|
|
3415 im_str = (char_u *)str;
|
|
|
3416 clen = 0;
|
|
|
3417 for (p = im_str; p < im_str + len; p += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p))
|
|
|
3418 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
|
|
|
3419 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3420 vim_free(im_str);
|
|
|
3421 preedit_start_col += clen;
|
|
|
3422
|
|
|
3423 /* Is this a single character that matches a keypad key that's just
|
|
|
3424 * been pressed? If so, we don't want it to be entered as such - let
|
|
|
3425 * us carry on processing the raw keycode so that it may be used in
|
|
|
3426 * mappings as <kSomething>. */
|
|
|
3427 if (xim_expected_char != NUL)
|
|
|
3428 {
|
|
|
3429 /* We're currently processing a keypad or other special key */
|
|
|
3430 if (slen == 1 && str[0] == xim_expected_char)
|
|
|
3431 {
|
|
|
3432 /* It's a match - don't do it here */
|
|
|
3433 xim_ignored_char = TRUE;
|
|
|
3434 add_to_input = FALSE;
|
|
|
3435 }
|
|
|
3436 else
|
|
|
3437 {
|
|
|
3438 /* Not a match */
|
|
|
3439 xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3440 }
|
|
|
3441 }
|
|
|
3442
|
|
|
3443 if (add_to_input)
|
|
|
3444 im_add_to_input((char_u *)str, slen);
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 /* Inserting chars while "im_is_active" is set does not cause a change of
|
|
|
3447 * buffer. When the chars are committed the buffer must be marked as
|
|
|
3448 * changed. */
|
|
|
3449 if (!commit_with_preedit)
|
|
|
3450 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3451
|
|
|
3452 /* This flag is used in changed() at next call. */
|
|
|
3453 xim_changed_while_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3454
|
|
|
3455 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
|
|
|
3456 gtk_main_quit();
|
|
|
3457 }
|
|
|
3458
|
|
|
3459 /*
|
|
|
3460 * Callback invoked after start to the preedit.
|
|
|
3461 */
|
|
|
3462 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3463 static void
|
|
|
3464 im_preedit_start_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3465 {
|
|
|
3466 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3467 xim_log("im_preedit_start_cb()\n");
|
|
|
3468 #endif
|
|
|
3469
|
|
|
3470 im_is_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
3471 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3472 }
|
|
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 /*
|
|
|
3475 * Callback invoked after end to the preedit.
|
|
|
3476 */
|
|
|
3477 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3478 static void
|
|
|
3479 im_preedit_end_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3480 {
|
|
|
3481 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3482 xim_log("im_preedit_end_cb()\n");
|
|
|
3483 #endif
|
|
|
3484 im_delete_preedit();
|
|
|
3485
|
|
|
3486 /* Indicate that preediting has finished */
|
|
|
3487 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3488 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3489
|
|
|
3490 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
3491 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3492 im_show_info();
|
|
|
3493 }
|
|
|
3494
|
|
|
3495 /*
|
|
|
3496 * Callback invoked after changes to the preedit string. If the preedit
|
|
|
3497 * string was empty before, remember the preedit start column so we know
|
|
|
3498 * where to apply feedback attributes. Delete the previous preedit string
|
|
|
3499 * if there was one, save the new preedit cursor offset, and put the new
|
|
|
3500 * string into the input buffer.
|
|
|
3501 *
|
|
|
3502 * TODO: The pragmatic "put into input buffer" approach used here has
|
|
|
3503 * several fundamental problems:
|
|
|
3504 *
|
|
|
3505 * - The characters in the preedit string are subject to remapping.
|
|
|
3506 * That's broken, only the finally committed string should be remapped.
|
|
|
3507 *
|
|
|
3508 * - There is a race condition involved: The retrieved value for the
|
|
|
3509 * current cursor position will be wrong if any unprocessed characters
|
|
|
3510 * are still queued in the input buffer.
|
|
|
3511 *
|
|
|
3512 * - Due to the lack of synchronization between the file buffer in memory
|
|
|
3513 * and any typed characters, it's practically impossible to implement the
|
|
|
3514 * "retrieve_surrounding" and "delete_surrounding" signals reliably. IM
|
|
|
3515 * modules for languages such as Thai are likely to rely on this feature
|
|
|
3516 * for proper operation.
|
|
|
3517 *
|
|
|
3518 * Conclusions: I think support for preediting needs to be moved to the
|
|
|
3519 * core parts of Vim. Ideally, until it has been committed, the preediting
|
|
|
3520 * string should only be displayed and not affect the buffer content at all.
|
|
|
3521 * The question how to deal with the synchronization issue still remains.
|
|
|
3522 * Circumventing the input buffer is probably not desirable. Anyway, I think
|
|
|
3523 * implementing "retrieve_surrounding" is the only hard problem.
|
|
|
3524 *
|
|
|
3525 * One way to solve all of this in a clean manner would be to queue all key
|
|
|
3526 * press/release events "as is" in the input buffer, and apply the IM filtering
|
|
|
3527 * at the receiving end of the queue. This, however, would have a rather large
|
|
|
3528 * impact on the code base. If there is an easy way to force processing of all
|
|
|
3529 * remaining input from within the "retrieve_surrounding" signal handler, this
|
|
|
3530 * might not be necessary. Gotta ask on vim-dev for opinions.
|
|
|
3531 */
|
|
|
3532 /*ARGSUSED1*/
|
|
|
3533 static void
|
|
|
3534 im_preedit_changed_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3535 {
|
|
|
3536 char *preedit_string = NULL;
|
|
|
3537 int cursor_index = 0;
|
|
|
3538 int num_move_back = 0;
|
|
|
3539 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3540 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3541 int i;
|
|
|
3542
|
|
|
3543 gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(context,
|
|
|
3544 &preedit_string, NULL,
|
|
|
3545 &cursor_index);
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3548 xim_log("im_preedit_changed_cb(): %s\n", preedit_string);
|
|
|
3549 #endif
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 g_return_if_fail(preedit_string != NULL); /* just in case */
|
|
|
3552
|
|
|
3553 /* If preedit_start_col is MAXCOL set it to the current cursor position. */
|
|
|
3554 if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL && preedit_string[0] != '\0')
|
|
|
3555 {
|
|
|
3556 xim_has_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3557
|
|
|
3558 /* Urgh, this breaks if the input buffer isn't empty now */
|
|
|
3559 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
3560 }
|
|
|
3561 else if (cursor_index == 0 && preedit_string[0] == '\0')
|
|
|
3562 {
|
|
|
3563 if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3564 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3565
|
|
|
3566 /* If at the start position (after typing backspace)
|
|
|
3567 * preedit_start_col must be reset. */
|
|
|
3568 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3569 }
|
|
|
3570
|
|
|
3571 im_delete_preedit();
|
|
|
3572
|
|
|
3573 /*
|
|
|
3574 * Compute the end of the preediting area: "preedit_end_col".
|
|
|
3575 * According to the documentation of gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(),
|
|
|
3576 * the cursor_pos output argument returns the offset in bytes. This is
|
|
|
3577 * unfortunately not true -- real life shows the offset is in characters,
|
|
|
3578 * and the GTK+ source code agrees with me. Will file a bug later.
|
|
|
3579 */
|
|
|
3580 if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3581 preedit_end_col = preedit_start_col;
|
|
|
3582 str = (char_u *)preedit_string;
|
|
|
3583 for (p = str, i = 0; *p != NUL; p += utf_byte2len(*p), ++i)
|
|
|
3584 {
|
|
|
3585 int is_composing;
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587 is_composing = ((*p & 0x80) != 0 && utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p)));
|
|
|
3588 /*
|
|
|
3589 * These offsets are used as counters when generating <BS> and <Del>
|
|
|
3590 * to delete the preedit string. So don't count composing characters
|
|
|
3591 * unless 'delcombine' is enabled.
|
|
|
3592 */
|
|
|
3593 if (!is_composing || p_deco)
|
|
|
3594 {
|
|
|
3595 if (i < cursor_index)
|
|
|
3596 ++im_preedit_cursor;
|
|
|
3597 else
|
|
|
3598 ++im_preedit_trailing;
|
|
|
3599 }
|
|
|
3600 if (!is_composing && i >= cursor_index)
|
|
|
3601 {
|
|
|
3602 /* This is essentially the same as im_preedit_trailing, except
|
|
|
3603 * composing characters are not counted even if p_deco is set. */
|
|
|
3604 ++num_move_back;
|
|
|
3605 }
|
|
|
3606 if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3607 preedit_end_col += utf_ptr2cells(p);
|
|
|
3608 }
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 if (p > str)
|
|
|
3611 {
|
|
|
3612 im_add_to_input(str, (int)(p - str));
|
|
|
3613 im_correct_cursor(num_move_back);
|
|
|
3614 }
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 g_free(preedit_string);
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
3618 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
|
|
|
3619 gtk_main_quit();
|
|
|
3620 }
|
|
|
3621
|
|
|
3622 /*
|
|
|
3623 * Translate the Pango attributes at iter to Vim highlighting attributes.
|
|
|
3624 * Ignore attributes not supported by Vim highlighting. This shouldn't have
|
|
|
3625 * too much impact -- right now we handle even more attributes than necessary
|
|
|
3626 * for the IM modules I tested with.
|
|
|
3627 */
|
|
|
3628 static int
|
|
|
3629 translate_pango_attributes(PangoAttrIterator *iter)
|
|
|
3630 {
|
|
|
3631 PangoAttribute *attr;
|
|
|
3632 int char_attr = HL_NORMAL;
|
|
|
3633
|
|
|
3634 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_UNDERLINE);
|
|
|
3635 if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value
|
|
|
3636 != (int)PANGO_UNDERLINE_NONE)
|
|
|
3637 char_attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
3638
|
|
|
3639 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_WEIGHT);
|
|
|
3640 if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value >= (int)PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD)
|
|
|
3641 char_attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_STYLE);
|
|
|
3644 if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value
|
|
|
3645 != (int)PANGO_STYLE_NORMAL)
|
|
|
3646 char_attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
3647
|
|
|
3648 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_BACKGROUND);
|
|
|
3649 if (attr != NULL)
|
|
|
3650 {
|
|
|
3651 const PangoColor *color = &((PangoAttrColor *)attr)->color;
|
|
|
3652
|
|
|
3653 /* Assume inverse if black background is requested */
|
|
|
3654 if ((color->red | color->green | color->blue) == 0)
|
|
|
3655 char_attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
3656 }
|
|
|
3657
|
|
|
3658 return char_attr;
|
|
|
3659 }
|
|
|
3660
|
|
|
3661 /*
|
|
|
3662 * Retrieve the highlighting attributes at column col in the preedit string.
|
|
|
3663 * Return -1 if not in preediting mode or if col is out of range.
|
|
|
3664 */
|
|
|
3665 int
|
|
|
3666 im_get_feedback_attr(int col)
|
|
|
3667 {
|
|
|
3668 char *preedit_string = NULL;
|
|
|
3669 PangoAttrList *attr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3670 int char_attr = -1;
|
|
|
3671
|
|
|
3672 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
3673 return char_attr;
|
|
|
3674
|
|
|
3675 gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(xic, &preedit_string, &attr_list, NULL);
|
|
|
3676
|
|
|
3677 if (preedit_string != NULL && attr_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3678 {
|
|
|
3679 int index;
|
|
|
3680
|
|
|
3681 /* Get the byte index as used by PangoAttrIterator */
|
|
|
3682 for (index = 0; col > 0 && preedit_string[index] != '\0'; --col)
|
|
|
3683 index += utfc_ptr2len_check((char_u *)preedit_string + index);
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 if (preedit_string[index] != '\0')
|
|
|
3686 {
|
|
|
3687 PangoAttrIterator *iter;
|
|
|
3688 int start, end;
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
3690 char_attr = HL_NORMAL;
|
|
|
3691 iter = pango_attr_list_get_iterator(attr_list);
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 /* Extract all relevant attributes from the list. */
|
|
|
3694 do
|
|
|
3695 {
|
|
|
3696 pango_attr_iterator_range(iter, &start, &end);
|
|
|
3697
|
|
|
3698 if (index >= start && index < end)
|
|
|
3699 char_attr |= translate_pango_attributes(iter);
|
|
|
3700 }
|
|
|
3701 while (pango_attr_iterator_next(iter));
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 pango_attr_iterator_destroy(iter);
|
|
|
3704 }
|
|
|
3705 }
|
|
|
3706
|
|
|
3707 if (attr_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3708 pango_attr_list_unref(attr_list);
|
|
|
3709 g_free(preedit_string);
|
|
|
3710
|
|
|
3711 return char_attr;
|
|
|
3712 }
|
|
|
3713
|
|
|
3714 void
|
|
|
3715 xim_init(void)
|
|
|
3716 {
|
|
|
3717 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3718 xim_log("xim_init()\n");
|
|
|
3719 #endif
|
|
|
3720
|
|
|
3721 g_return_if_fail(gui.drawarea != NULL);
|
|
|
3722 g_return_if_fail(gui.drawarea->window != NULL);
|
|
|
3723
|
|
|
3724 xic = gtk_im_multicontext_new();
|
|
|
3725 g_object_ref(xic);
|
|
|
3726
|
|
|
3727 im_commit_handler_id = g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "commit",
|
|
|
3728 G_CALLBACK(&im_commit_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3729 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_changed",
|
|
|
3730 G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_changed_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3731 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_start",
|
|
|
3732 G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_start_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3733 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_end",
|
|
|
3734 G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_end_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3735
|
|
|
3736 gtk_im_context_set_client_window(xic, gui.drawarea->window);
|
|
|
3737 }
|
|
|
3738
|
|
|
3739 void
|
|
|
3740 im_shutdown(void)
|
|
|
3741 {
|
|
|
3742 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3743 xim_log("im_shutdown()\n");
|
|
|
3744 #endif
|
|
|
3745
|
|
|
3746 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3747 {
|
|
|
3748 gtk_im_context_focus_out(xic);
|
|
|
3749 g_object_unref(xic);
|
|
|
3750 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
3751 }
|
|
|
3752 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
3753 im_commit_handler_id = 0;
|
|
|
3754 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3755 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3756 }
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 /*
|
|
|
3759 * Convert the string argument to keyval and state for GdkEventKey.
|
|
|
3760 * If str is valid return TRUE, otherwise FALSE.
|
|
|
3761 *
|
|
|
3762 * See 'imactivatekey' for documentation of the format.
|
|
|
3763 */
|
|
|
3764 static int
|
|
|
3765 im_string_to_keyval(const char *str, unsigned int *keyval, unsigned int *state)
|
|
|
3766 {
|
|
|
3767 const char *mods_end;
|
|
|
3768 unsigned tmp_keyval;
|
|
|
3769 unsigned tmp_state = 0;
|
|
|
3770
|
|
|
3771 mods_end = strrchr(str, '-');
|
|
|
3772 mods_end = (mods_end != NULL) ? mods_end + 1 : str;
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 /* Parse modifier keys */
|
|
|
3775 while (str < mods_end)
|
|
|
3776 switch (*str++)
|
|
|
3777 {
|
|
|
3778 case '-': break;
|
|
|
3779 case 'S': case 's': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_SHIFT_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3780 case 'L': case 'l': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_LOCK_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3781 case 'C': case 'c': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_CONTROL_MASK;break;
|
|
|
3782 case '1': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD1_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3783 case '2': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD2_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3784 case '3': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD3_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3785 case '4': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD4_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3786 case '5': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD5_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3787 default:
|
|
|
3788 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3789 }
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 tmp_keyval = gdk_keyval_from_name(str);
|
|
|
3792
|
|
|
3793 if (tmp_keyval == 0 || tmp_keyval == GDK_VoidSymbol)
|
|
|
3794 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 if (keyval != NULL)
|
|
|
3797 *keyval = tmp_keyval;
|
|
|
3798 if (state != NULL)
|
|
|
3799 *state = tmp_state;
|
|
|
3800
|
|
|
3801 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3802 }
|
|
|
3803
|
|
|
3804 /*
|
|
|
3805 * Return TRUE if p_imak is valid, otherwise FALSE. As a special case, an
|
|
|
3806 * empty string is also regarded as valid.
|
|
|
3807 *
|
|
|
3808 * Note: The numerical key value of p_imak is cached if it was valid; thus
|
|
|
3809 * boldly assuming im_xim_isvalid_imactivate() will always be called whenever
|
|
|
3810 * 'imak' changes. This is currently the case but not obvious -- should
|
|
|
3811 * probably rename the function for clarity.
|
|
|
3812 */
|
|
|
3813 int
|
|
|
3814 im_xim_isvalid_imactivate(void)
|
|
|
3815 {
|
|
|
3816 if (p_imak[0] == NUL)
|
|
|
3817 {
|
|
|
3818 im_activatekey_keyval = GDK_VoidSymbol;
|
|
|
3819 im_activatekey_state = 0;
|
|
|
3820 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3821 }
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 return im_string_to_keyval((const char *)p_imak,
|
|
|
3824 &im_activatekey_keyval,
|
|
|
3825 &im_activatekey_state);
|
|
|
3826 }
|
|
|
3827
|
|
|
3828 static void
|
|
|
3829 im_synthesize_keypress(unsigned int keyval, unsigned int state)
|
|
|
3830 {
|
|
|
3831 GdkEventKey *event;
|
|
|
3832
|
|
|
3833 # ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
|
|
|
3834 event = (GdkEventKey *)gdk_event_new(GDK_KEY_PRESS);
|
|
|
3835 g_object_ref(gui.drawarea->window); /* unreffed by gdk_event_free() */
|
|
|
3836 # else
|
|
|
3837 event = (GdkEventKey *)g_malloc0((gulong)sizeof(GdkEvent));
|
|
|
3838 event->type = GDK_KEY_PRESS;
|
|
|
3839 # endif
|
|
|
3840 event->window = gui.drawarea->window;
|
|
|
3841 event->send_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
3842 event->time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
|
|
|
3843 event->state = state;
|
|
|
3844 event->keyval = keyval;
|
|
|
3845 event->hardware_keycode = /* needed for XIM */
|
|
|
3846 XKeysymToKeycode(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(event->window), (KeySym)keyval);
|
|
|
3847 event->length = 0;
|
|
|
3848 event->string = NULL;
|
|
|
3849
|
|
|
3850 gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
3851
|
|
|
3852 /* For consistency, also send the corresponding release event. */
|
|
|
3853 event->type = GDK_KEY_RELEASE;
|
|
|
3854 event->send_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
3855 gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
3856
|
|
|
3857 # ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
|
|
|
3858 gdk_event_free((GdkEvent *)event);
|
|
|
3859 # else
|
|
|
3860 g_free(event);
|
|
|
3861 # endif
|
|
|
3862 }
|
|
|
3863
|
|
|
3864 void
|
|
|
3865 xim_reset(void)
|
|
|
3866 {
|
|
|
3867 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3868 {
|
|
|
3869 /*
|
|
|
3870 * The third-party imhangul module (and maybe others too) ignores
|
|
|
3871 * gtk_im_context_reset() or at least doesn't reset the active state.
|
|
|
3872 * Thus sending imactivatekey would turn it off if it was on before,
|
|
|
3873 * which is clearly not what we want. Fortunately we can work around
|
|
|
3874 * that for imhangul by sending GDK_Escape, but I don't know if it
|
|
|
3875 * works with all IM modules that support an activation key :/
|
|
|
3876 *
|
|
|
3877 * An alternative approach would be to destroy the IM context and
|
|
|
3878 * recreate it. But that means loading/unloading the IM module on
|
|
|
3879 * every mode switch, which causes a quite noticable delay even on
|
|
|
3880 * my rather fast box...
|
|
|
3881 * *
|
|
|
3882 * Moreover, there are some XIM which cannot respond to
|
|
|
3883 * im_synthesize_keypress(). we hope that they reset by
|
|
|
3884 * xim_shutdown().
|
|
|
3885 */
|
|
|
3886 if (im_activatekey_keyval != GDK_VoidSymbol && im_is_active)
|
|
|
3887 im_synthesize_keypress(GDK_Escape, 0U);
|
|
|
3888
|
|
|
3889 gtk_im_context_reset(xic);
|
|
|
3890
|
|
|
3891 /*
|
|
|
3892 * HACK for Ami: This sequence of function calls makes Ami handle
|
|
|
3893 * the IM reset gratiously, without breaking loads of other stuff.
|
|
|
3894 * It seems to force English mode as well, which is exactly what we
|
|
|
3895 * want because it makes the Ami status display work reliably.
|
|
|
3896 */
|
|
|
3897 gtk_im_context_set_use_preedit(xic, FALSE);
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 if (p_imdisable)
|
|
|
3900 im_shutdown();
|
|
|
3901 else
|
|
|
3902 {
|
|
|
3903 gtk_im_context_set_use_preedit(xic, TRUE);
|
|
|
3904 xim_set_focus(gui.in_focus);
|
|
|
3905
|
|
|
3906 if (im_activatekey_keyval != GDK_VoidSymbol)
|
|
|
3907 {
|
|
|
3908 if (im_is_active)
|
|
|
3909 {
|
|
|
3910 g_signal_handler_block(xic, im_commit_handler_id);
|
|
|
3911 im_synthesize_keypress(im_activatekey_keyval,
|
|
|
3912 im_activatekey_state);
|
|
|
3913 g_signal_handler_unblock(xic, im_commit_handler_id);
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915 }
|
|
|
3916 else
|
|
|
3917 {
|
|
|
3918 im_shutdown();
|
|
|
3919 xim_init();
|
|
|
3920 xim_set_focus(gui.in_focus);
|
|
|
3921 }
|
|
|
3922 }
|
|
|
3923 }
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3926 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3927 }
|
|
|
3928
|
|
|
3929 int
|
|
|
3930 xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
|
|
|
3931 {
|
|
|
3932 if (down)
|
|
|
3933 {
|
|
|
3934 /*
|
|
|
3935 * Workaround GTK2 XIM 'feature' that always converts keypad keys to
|
|
|
3936 * chars., even when not part of an IM sequence (ref. feature of
|
|
|
3937 * gdk/gdkkeyuni.c).
|
|
|
3938 * Flag any keypad keys that might represent a single char.
|
|
|
3939 * If this (on its own - i.e., not part of an IM sequence) is
|
|
|
3940 * committed while we're processing one of these keys, we can ignore
|
|
|
3941 * that commit and go ahead & process it ourselves. That way we can
|
|
|
3942 * still distinguish keypad keys for use in mappings.
|
|
|
3943 */
|
|
|
3944 switch (event->keyval)
|
|
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 case GDK_KP_Add: xim_expected_char = '+'; break;
|
|
|
3947 case GDK_KP_Subtract: xim_expected_char = '-'; break;
|
|
|
3948 case GDK_KP_Divide: xim_expected_char = '/'; break;
|
|
|
3949 case GDK_KP_Multiply: xim_expected_char = '*'; break;
|
|
|
3950 case GDK_KP_Decimal: xim_expected_char = '.'; break;
|
|
|
3951 case GDK_KP_Equal: xim_expected_char = '='; break;
|
|
|
3952 case GDK_KP_0: xim_expected_char = '0'; break;
|
|
|
3953 case GDK_KP_1: xim_expected_char = '1'; break;
|
|
|
3954 case GDK_KP_2: xim_expected_char = '2'; break;
|
|
|
3955 case GDK_KP_3: xim_expected_char = '3'; break;
|
|
|
3956 case GDK_KP_4: xim_expected_char = '4'; break;
|
|
|
3957 case GDK_KP_5: xim_expected_char = '5'; break;
|
|
|
3958 case GDK_KP_6: xim_expected_char = '6'; break;
|
|
|
3959 case GDK_KP_7: xim_expected_char = '7'; break;
|
|
|
3960 case GDK_KP_8: xim_expected_char = '8'; break;
|
|
|
3961 case GDK_KP_9: xim_expected_char = '9'; break;
|
|
|
3962 default: xim_expected_char = NUL;
|
|
|
3963 }
|
|
|
3964 xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3965 }
|
|
|
3966
|
|
|
3967 /*
|
|
|
3968 * When typing fFtT, XIM may be activated. Thus it must pass
|
|
|
3969 * gtk_im_context_filter_keypress() in Normal mode.
|
|
|
3970 * And while doing :sh too.
|
|
|
3971 */
|
|
|
3972 if (xic != NULL && !p_imdisable
|
|
|
3973 && (State & (INSERT | CMDLINE | NORMAL | EXTERNCMD)) != 0)
|
|
|
3974 {
|
|
|
3975 /*
|
|
|
3976 * Filter 'imactivatekey' and map it to CTRL-^. This way, Vim is
|
|
|
3977 * always aware of the current status of IM, and can even emulate
|
|
|
3978 * the activation key for modules that don't support one.
|
|
|
3979 */
|
|
|
3980 if (event->keyval == im_activatekey_keyval
|
|
|
3981 && (event->state & im_activatekey_state) == im_activatekey_state)
|
|
|
3982 {
|
|
|
3983 unsigned int state_mask;
|
|
|
3984
|
|
|
3985 /* Require the state of the 3 most used modifiers to match exactly.
|
|
|
3986 * Otherwise e.g. <S-C-space> would be unusable for other purposes
|
|
|
3987 * if the IM activate key is <S-space>. */
|
|
|
3988 state_mask = im_activatekey_state;
|
|
|
3989 state_mask |= ((int)GDK_SHIFT_MASK | (int)GDK_CONTROL_MASK
|
|
|
3990 | (int)GDK_MOD1_MASK);
|
|
|
3991
|
|
|
3992 if ((event->state & state_mask) != im_activatekey_state)
|
|
|
3993 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3994
|
|
|
3995 /* Don't send it a second time on GDK_KEY_RELEASE. */
|
|
|
3996 if (event->type != GDK_KEY_PRESS)
|
|
|
3997 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3998
|
|
|
3999 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
4000 {
|
|
|
4001 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, toggle use of mappings. */
|
|
|
4004 State ^= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
4005 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
4006 {
|
|
|
4007 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
4008 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
4009 }
|
|
|
4010 else
|
|
|
4011 {
|
|
|
4012 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
4013 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
4014 }
|
|
|
4015 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017
|
|
|
4018 return gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
4019 }
|
|
|
4020
|
|
|
4021 /* Don't filter events through the IM context if IM isn't active
|
|
|
4022 * right now. Unlike with GTK+ 1.2 we cannot rely on the IM module
|
|
|
4023 * not doing anything before the activation key was sent. */
|
|
|
4024 if (im_activatekey_keyval == GDK_VoidSymbol || im_is_active)
|
|
|
4025 {
|
|
|
4026 int imresult = gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
4027
|
|
|
4028 /* Some XIM send following sequence:
|
|
|
4029 * 1. preedited string.
|
|
|
4030 * 2. committed string.
|
|
|
4031 * 3. line changed key.
|
|
|
4032 * 4. preedited string.
|
|
|
4033 * 5. remove preedited string.
|
|
|
4034 * if 3, Vim can't move back the above line for 5.
|
|
|
4035 * thus, this part should not parse the key. */
|
|
|
4036 if (!imresult && preedit_start_col != MAXCOL
|
|
|
4037 && event->keyval == GDK_Return)
|
|
|
4038 {
|
|
|
4039 im_synthesize_keypress(GDK_Return, 0U);
|
|
|
4040 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4041 }
|
|
|
4042
|
|
|
4043 /* If XIM tried to commit a keypad key as a single char.,
|
|
|
4044 * ignore it so we can use the keypad key 'raw', for mappings. */
|
|
|
4045 if (xim_expected_char != NUL && xim_ignored_char)
|
|
|
4046 /* We had a keypad key, and XIM tried to thieve it */
|
|
|
4047 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 /* Normal processing */
|
|
|
4050 return imresult;
|
|
|
4051 }
|
|
|
4052 }
|
|
|
4053
|
|
|
4054 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4055 }
|
|
|
4056
|
|
|
4057 int
|
|
|
4058 im_get_status(void)
|
|
|
4059 {
|
|
|
4060 return im_is_active;
|
|
|
4061 }
|
|
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 # else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
|
|
|
4064
|
|
|
4065 static int xim_is_active = FALSE; /* XIM should be active in the current
|
|
|
4066 mode */
|
|
|
4067 static int xim_has_focus = FALSE; /* XIM is really being used for Vim */
|
|
|
4068 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
4069 static XIMStyle input_style;
|
|
|
4070 static int status_area_enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
4071 #endif
|
|
|
4072
|
|
|
4073 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4074 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
4075 # include <gdk/gdkwin32.h>
|
|
|
4076 # else
|
|
|
4077 # include <gdk/gdkx.h>
|
|
|
4078 # endif
|
|
|
4079 #else
|
|
|
4080 # ifdef PROTO
|
|
|
4081 /* Define a few things to be able to generate prototypes while not configured
|
|
|
4082 * for GTK. */
|
|
|
4083 # define GSList int
|
|
|
4084 # define gboolean int
|
|
|
4085 typedef int GdkEvent;
|
|
|
4086 typedef int GdkEventKey;
|
|
|
4087 # define GdkIC int
|
|
|
4088 # endif
|
|
|
4089 #endif
|
|
|
4090
|
|
11
|
4091 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)
|
|
7
|
4092 static int preedit_buf_len = 0;
|
|
|
4093 static int xim_can_preediting INIT(= FALSE); /* XIM in showmode() */
|
|
|
4094 static int xim_input_style;
|
|
|
4095 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4096 # define gboolean int
|
|
|
4097 #endif
|
|
|
4098 static gboolean use_status_area = 0;
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
4100 static int im_xim_str2keycode __ARGS((unsigned int *code, unsigned int *state));
|
|
|
4101 static void im_xim_send_event_imactivate __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4102
|
|
|
4103 /*
|
|
|
4104 * Convert string to keycode and state for XKeyEvent.
|
|
|
4105 * When string is valid return OK, when invalid return FAIL.
|
|
|
4106 *
|
|
|
4107 * See 'imactivatekey' documentation for the format.
|
|
|
4108 */
|
|
|
4109 static int
|
|
|
4110 im_xim_str2keycode(code, state)
|
|
|
4111 unsigned int *code;
|
|
|
4112 unsigned int *state;
|
|
|
4113 {
|
|
|
4114 int retval = OK;
|
|
|
4115 int len;
|
|
|
4116 unsigned keycode = 0, keystate = 0;
|
|
|
4117 Window window;
|
|
|
4118 Display *display;
|
|
|
4119 char_u *flag_end;
|
|
|
4120 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4121
|
|
|
4122 if (*p_imak != NUL)
|
|
|
4123 {
|
|
|
4124 len = STRLEN(p_imak);
|
|
|
4125 for (flag_end = p_imak + len - 1;
|
|
|
4126 flag_end > p_imak && *flag_end != '-'; --flag_end)
|
|
|
4127 ;
|
|
|
4128
|
|
|
4129 /* Parse modifier keys */
|
|
|
4130 for (str = p_imak; str < flag_end; ++str)
|
|
|
4131 {
|
|
|
4132 switch (*str)
|
|
|
4133 {
|
|
|
4134 case 's': case 'S':
|
|
|
4135 keystate |= ShiftMask;
|
|
|
4136 break;
|
|
|
4137 case 'l': case 'L':
|
|
|
4138 keystate |= LockMask;
|
|
|
4139 break;
|
|
|
4140 case 'c': case 'C':
|
|
|
4141 keystate |= ControlMask;
|
|
|
4142 break;
|
|
|
4143 case '1':
|
|
|
4144 keystate |= Mod1Mask;
|
|
|
4145 break;
|
|
|
4146 case '2':
|
|
|
4147 keystate |= Mod2Mask;
|
|
|
4148 break;
|
|
|
4149 case '3':
|
|
|
4150 keystate |= Mod3Mask;
|
|
|
4151 break;
|
|
|
4152 case '4':
|
|
|
4153 keystate |= Mod4Mask;
|
|
|
4154 break;
|
|
|
4155 case '5':
|
|
|
4156 keystate |= Mod5Mask;
|
|
|
4157 break;
|
|
|
4158 case '-':
|
|
|
4159 break;
|
|
|
4160 default:
|
|
|
4161 retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
4162 }
|
|
|
4163 }
|
|
|
4164 if (*str == '-')
|
|
|
4165 ++str;
|
|
|
4166
|
|
|
4167 /* Get keycode from string. */
|
|
|
4168 gui_get_x11_windis(&window, &display);
|
|
|
4169 if (display)
|
|
|
4170 keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(display, XStringToKeysym((char *)str));
|
|
|
4171 if (keycode == 0)
|
|
|
4172 retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
4173
|
|
|
4174 if (code != NULL)
|
|
|
4175 *code = keycode;
|
|
|
4176 if (state != NULL)
|
|
|
4177 *state = keystate;
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
|
4179 return retval;
|
|
|
4180 }
|
|
|
4181
|
|
|
4182 static void
|
|
|
4183 im_xim_send_event_imactivate()
|
|
|
4184 {
|
|
|
4185 /* Force turn on preedit state by symulate keypress event.
|
|
|
4186 * Keycode and state is specified by 'imactivatekey'.
|
|
|
4187 */
|
|
|
4188 XKeyEvent ev;
|
|
|
4189
|
|
|
4190 gui_get_x11_windis(&ev.window, &ev.display);
|
|
|
4191 ev.root = RootWindow(ev.display, DefaultScreen(ev.display));
|
|
|
4192 ev.subwindow = None;
|
|
|
4193 ev.time = CurrentTime;
|
|
|
4194 ev.x = 1;
|
|
|
4195 ev.y = 1;
|
|
|
4196 ev.x_root = 1;
|
|
|
4197 ev.y_root = 1;
|
|
|
4198 ev.same_screen = 1;
|
|
|
4199 ev.type = KeyPress;
|
|
|
4200 if (im_xim_str2keycode(&ev.keycode, &ev.state) == OK)
|
|
|
4201 XSendEvent(ev.display, ev.window, 1, KeyPressMask, (XEvent*)&ev);
|
|
|
4202 }
|
|
|
4203
|
|
|
4204 /*
|
|
|
4205 * Return TRUE if 'imactivatekey' has a valid value.
|
|
|
4206 */
|
|
|
4207 int
|
|
|
4208 im_xim_isvalid_imactivate()
|
|
|
4209 {
|
|
|
4210 return im_xim_str2keycode(NULL, NULL) == OK;
|
|
|
4211 }
|
|
|
4212 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 /*
|
|
|
4215 * Switch using XIM on/off. This is used by the code that changes "State".
|
|
|
4216 */
|
|
|
4217 void
|
|
|
4218 im_set_active(active)
|
|
|
4219 int active;
|
|
|
4220 {
|
|
|
4221 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4222 return;
|
|
|
4223
|
|
|
4224 /* If 'imdisable' is set, XIM is never active. */
|
|
|
4225 if (p_imdisable)
|
|
|
4226 active = FALSE;
|
|
11
|
4227 #if !defined (FEAT_GUI_GTK) && !defined (FEAT_GUI_KDE)
|
|
7
|
4228 else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition)
|
|
|
4229 /* There is a problem in switching XIM off when preediting is used,
|
|
|
4230 * and it is not clear how this can be solved. For now, keep XIM on
|
|
|
4231 * all the time, like it was done in Vim 5.8. */
|
|
|
4232 active = TRUE;
|
|
|
4233 #endif
|
|
|
4234
|
|
|
4235 /* Remember the active state, it is needed when Vim gets keyboard focus. */
|
|
|
4236 xim_is_active = active;
|
|
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4239 /* When 'imactivatekey' has valid key-string, try to control XIM preedit
|
|
|
4240 * state. When 'imactivatekey' has no or invalid string, try old XIM
|
|
|
4241 * focus control.
|
|
|
4242 */
|
|
|
4243 if (*p_imak != NUL)
|
|
|
4244 {
|
|
|
4245 /* BASIC STRATEGY:
|
|
|
4246 * Destroy old Input Context (XIC), and create new one. New XIC
|
|
|
4247 * would have a state of preedit that is off. When argument:active
|
|
|
4248 * is false, that's all. Else argument:active is true, send a key
|
|
|
4249 * event specified by 'imactivatekey' to activate XIM preedit state.
|
|
|
4250 */
|
|
|
4251
|
|
|
4252 xim_is_active = TRUE; /* Disable old XIM focus control */
|
|
|
4253 /* If we can monitor preedit state with preedit callback functions,
|
|
|
4254 * try least creation of new XIC.
|
|
|
4255 */
|
|
|
4256 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
4257 {
|
|
|
4258 if (xim_can_preediting && !active)
|
|
|
4259 {
|
|
|
4260 /* Force turn off preedit state. With some IM
|
|
|
4261 * implementations, we cannot turn off preedit state by
|
|
|
4262 * symulate keypress event. It is why using such a method
|
|
|
4263 * that destroy old IC (input context), and create new one.
|
|
|
4264 * When create new IC, its preedit state is usually off.
|
|
|
4265 */
|
|
|
4266 xim_reset();
|
|
|
4267 xim_set_focus(FALSE);
|
|
|
4268 gdk_ic_destroy(xic);
|
|
|
4269 xim_init();
|
|
|
4270 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4271 }
|
|
|
4272 else if (!xim_can_preediting && active)
|
|
|
4273 im_xim_send_event_imactivate();
|
|
|
4274 }
|
|
|
4275 else
|
|
|
4276 {
|
|
|
4277 /* First, force destroy old IC, and create new one. It
|
|
|
4278 * symulates "turning off preedit state".
|
|
|
4279 */
|
|
|
4280 xim_set_focus(FALSE);
|
|
|
4281 gdk_ic_destroy(xic);
|
|
|
4282 xim_init();
|
|
|
4283 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4284
|
|
|
4285 /* 2nd, when requested to activate IM, symulate this by sending
|
|
|
4286 * the event.
|
|
|
4287 */
|
|
|
4288 if (active)
|
|
|
4289 {
|
|
|
4290 im_xim_send_event_imactivate();
|
|
|
4291 xim_can_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
4292 }
|
|
|
4293 }
|
|
|
4294 }
|
|
|
4295 else
|
|
|
4296 {
|
|
|
4297 # ifndef XIMPreeditUnKnown
|
|
|
4298 /* X11R5 doesn't have these, it looks safe enough to define here. */
|
|
|
4299 typedef unsigned long XIMPreeditState;
|
|
|
4300 # define XIMPreeditUnKnown 0L
|
|
|
4301 # define XIMPreeditEnable 1L
|
|
|
4302 # define XIMPreeditDisable (1L<<1)
|
|
|
4303 # define XNPreeditState "preeditState"
|
|
|
4304 # endif
|
|
|
4305 XIMPreeditState preedit_state = XIMPreeditUnKnown;
|
|
|
4306 XVaNestedList preedit_attr;
|
|
|
4307 XIC pxic;
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4310 XNPreeditState, &preedit_state,
|
|
|
4311 NULL);
|
|
|
4312 pxic = ((GdkICPrivate *)xic)->xic;
|
|
|
4313
|
|
|
4314 if (!XGetICValues(pxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, NULL))
|
|
|
4315 {
|
|
|
4316 XFree(preedit_attr);
|
|
|
4317 preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4318 XNPreeditState,
|
|
|
4319 active ? XIMPreeditEnable : XIMPreeditDisable,
|
|
|
4320 NULL);
|
|
|
4321 XSetICValues(pxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, NULL);
|
|
|
4322 xim_can_preediting = active;
|
|
|
4323 xim_is_active = active;
|
|
|
4324 }
|
|
|
4325 XFree(preedit_attr);
|
|
|
4326 }
|
|
|
4327 if (xim_input_style & XIMPreeditCallbacks)
|
|
|
4328 {
|
|
|
4329 preedit_buf_len = 0;
|
|
|
4330 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
4331 }
|
|
|
4332 #else
|
|
|
4333 # if 0
|
|
|
4334 /* When had tested kinput2 + canna + Athena GUI version with
|
|
|
4335 * 'imactivatekey' is "s-space", im_xim_send_event_imactivate() did not
|
|
|
4336 * work correctly. It just inserted one space. I don't know why we
|
|
|
4337 * couldn't switch state of XIM preediting. This is reason why these
|
|
|
4338 * codes are commented out.
|
|
|
4339 */
|
|
|
4340 /* First, force destroy old IC, and create new one. It symulates
|
|
|
4341 * "turning off preedit state".
|
|
|
4342 */
|
|
|
4343 xim_set_focus(FALSE);
|
|
|
4344 XDestroyIC(xic);
|
|
|
4345 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
4346 xim_init();
|
|
|
4347
|
|
|
4348 /* 2nd, when requested to activate IM, symulate this by sending the
|
|
|
4349 * event.
|
|
|
4350 */
|
|
|
4351 if (active)
|
|
|
4352 im_xim_send_event_imactivate();
|
|
|
4353 # endif
|
|
|
4354 #endif
|
|
|
4355 xim_set_preedit();
|
|
|
4356 }
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 /*
|
|
|
4359 * Adjust using XIM for gaining or losing keyboard focus. Also called when
|
|
|
4360 * "xim_is_active" changes.
|
|
|
4361 */
|
|
|
4362 void
|
|
|
4363 xim_set_focus(focus)
|
|
|
4364 int focus;
|
|
|
4365 {
|
|
|
4366 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4367 return;
|
|
|
4368
|
|
|
4369 /*
|
|
|
4370 * XIM only gets focus when the Vim window has keyboard focus and XIM has
|
|
|
4371 * been set active for the current mode.
|
|
|
4372 */
|
|
|
4373 if (focus && xim_is_active)
|
|
|
4374 {
|
|
|
4375 if (!xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4376 {
|
|
|
4377 xim_has_focus = TRUE;
|
|
|
4378 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4379 gdk_im_begin(xic, gui.drawarea->window);
|
|
|
4380 #else
|
|
|
4381 XSetICFocus(xic);
|
|
|
4382 #endif
|
|
|
4383 }
|
|
|
4384 }
|
|
|
4385 else
|
|
|
4386 {
|
|
|
4387 if (xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4388 {
|
|
|
4389 xim_has_focus = FALSE;
|
|
|
4390 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4391 gdk_im_end();
|
|
|
4392 #else
|
|
|
4393 XUnsetICFocus(xic);
|
|
|
4394 #endif
|
|
|
4395 }
|
|
|
4396 }
|
|
|
4397 }
|
|
|
4398
|
|
42
|
4399 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
7
|
4400 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4401 void
|
|
|
4402 im_set_position(row, col)
|
|
|
4403 int row;
|
|
|
4404 int col;
|
|
|
4405 {
|
|
|
4406 xim_set_preedit();
|
|
|
4407 }
|
|
42
|
4408 #endif
|
|
7
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 /*
|
|
|
4411 * Set the XIM to the current cursor position.
|
|
|
4412 */
|
|
|
4413 void
|
|
|
4414 xim_set_preedit()
|
|
|
4415 {
|
|
|
4416 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4417 return;
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 xim_set_focus(TRUE);
|
|
|
4420
|
|
|
4421 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4422 if (gdk_im_ready())
|
|
|
4423 {
|
|
|
4424 int attrmask;
|
|
|
4425 GdkICAttr *attr;
|
|
|
4426
|
|
|
4427 if (!xic_attr)
|
|
|
4428 return;
|
|
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 attr = xic_attr;
|
|
|
4431 attrmask = 0;
|
|
|
4432
|
|
|
4433 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
4434 if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION)
|
|
|
4435 && gui.fontset != NOFONTSET
|
|
|
4436 && gui.fontset->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
4437 {
|
|
|
4438 if (!xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4439 {
|
|
|
4440 if (attr->spot_location.y >= 0)
|
|
|
4441 {
|
|
|
4442 attr->spot_location.x = 0;
|
|
|
4443 attr->spot_location.y = -100;
|
|
|
4444 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION;
|
|
|
4445 }
|
|
|
4446 }
|
|
|
4447 else
|
|
|
4448 {
|
|
|
4449 gint width, height;
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 if (attr->spot_location.x != TEXT_X(gui.col)
|
|
|
4452 || attr->spot_location.y != TEXT_Y(gui.row))
|
|
|
4453 {
|
|
|
4454 attr->spot_location.x = TEXT_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4455 attr->spot_location.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4456 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION;
|
|
|
4457 }
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 gdk_window_get_size(gui.drawarea->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
4460 width -= 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4461 height -= 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4462 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
4463 height -= gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4464 if (attr->preedit_area.width != width
|
|
|
4465 || attr->preedit_area.height != height)
|
|
|
4466 {
|
|
|
4467 attr->preedit_area.x = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4468 attr->preedit_area.y = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4469 attr->preedit_area.width = width;
|
|
|
4470 attr->preedit_area.height = height;
|
|
|
4471 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA;
|
|
|
4472 }
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 if (attr->preedit_fontset != gui.current_font)
|
|
|
4475 {
|
|
|
4476 attr->preedit_fontset = gui.current_font;
|
|
|
4477 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FONTSET;
|
|
|
4478 }
|
|
|
4479 }
|
|
|
4480 }
|
|
|
4481 # endif /* FEAT_XFONTSET */
|
|
|
4482
|
|
|
4483 if (xim_fg_color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
4484 {
|
|
|
4485 xim_fg_color = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
4486 xim_bg_color = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488 if (attr->preedit_foreground.pixel != xim_fg_color)
|
|
|
4489 {
|
|
|
4490 attr->preedit_foreground.pixel = xim_fg_color;
|
|
|
4491 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND;
|
|
|
4492 }
|
|
|
4493 if (attr->preedit_background.pixel != xim_bg_color)
|
|
|
4494 {
|
|
|
4495 attr->preedit_background.pixel = xim_bg_color;
|
|
|
4496 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND;
|
|
|
4497 }
|
|
|
4498
|
|
|
4499 if (attrmask != 0)
|
|
|
4500 gdk_ic_set_attr(xic, attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask);
|
|
|
4501 }
|
|
|
4502 #else /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
11
|
4503 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
4504 # else
|
|
7
|
4505 {
|
|
|
4506 XVaNestedList attr_list;
|
|
|
4507 XRectangle spot_area;
|
|
|
4508 XPoint over_spot;
|
|
|
4509 int line_space;
|
|
|
4510
|
|
|
4511 if (!xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4512 {
|
|
|
4513 /* hide XIM cursor */
|
|
|
4514 over_spot.x = 0;
|
|
|
4515 over_spot.y = -100; /* arbitrary invisible position */
|
|
|
4516 attr_list = (XVaNestedList) XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4517 XNSpotLocation,
|
|
|
4518 &over_spot,
|
|
|
4519 NULL);
|
|
|
4520 XSetICValues(xic, XNPreeditAttributes, attr_list, NULL);
|
|
|
4521 XFree(attr_list);
|
|
|
4522 return;
|
|
|
4523 }
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition)
|
|
|
4526 {
|
|
|
4527 if (xim_fg_color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
4528 {
|
|
|
4529 xim_fg_color = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
4530 xim_bg_color = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
4531 }
|
|
|
4532 over_spot.x = TEXT_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4533 over_spot.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4534 spot_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4535 spot_area.y = 0;
|
|
|
4536 spot_area.height = gui.char_height * Rows;
|
|
|
4537 spot_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns;
|
|
|
4538 line_space = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4539 attr_list = (XVaNestedList) XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4540 XNSpotLocation, &over_spot,
|
|
|
4541 XNForeground, (Pixel) xim_fg_color,
|
|
|
4542 XNBackground, (Pixel) xim_bg_color,
|
|
|
4543 XNArea, &spot_area,
|
|
|
4544 XNLineSpace, line_space,
|
|
|
4545 NULL);
|
|
|
4546 if (XSetICValues(xic, XNPreeditAttributes, attr_list, NULL))
|
|
|
4547 EMSG(_("E284: Cannot set IC values"));
|
|
|
4548 XFree(attr_list);
|
|
|
4549 }
|
|
|
4550 }
|
|
11
|
4551 # endif /* FEAT_GUI_KDE */
|
|
7
|
4552 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
|
4553 }
|
|
|
4554
|
|
|
4555 /*
|
|
|
4556 * Set up the status area.
|
|
|
4557 *
|
|
|
4558 * This should use a separate Widget, but that seems not possible, because
|
|
|
4559 * preedit_area and status_area should be set to the same window as for the
|
|
|
4560 * text input. Unfortunately this means the status area pollutes the text
|
|
|
4561 * window...
|
|
|
4562 */
|
|
|
4563 void
|
|
|
4564 xim_set_status_area()
|
|
|
4565 {
|
|
|
4566 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4567 return;
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4570 # if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET)
|
|
|
4571 if (use_status_area)
|
|
|
4572 {
|
|
|
4573 GdkICAttr *attr;
|
|
|
4574 int style;
|
|
|
4575 gint width, height;
|
|
|
4576 GtkWidget *widget;
|
|
|
4577 int attrmask;
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 if (!xic_attr)
|
|
|
4580 return;
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 attr = xic_attr;
|
|
|
4583 attrmask = 0;
|
|
|
4584 style = (int)gdk_ic_get_style(xic);
|
|
|
4585 if ((style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK) == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
4586 {
|
|
|
4587 if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET
|
|
|
4588 && gui.fontset->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
4589 {
|
|
|
4590 widget = gui.mainwin;
|
|
|
4591 gdk_window_get_size(widget->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
4592
|
|
|
4593 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA;
|
|
|
4594 attr->status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4595 attr->status_area.y = height - gui.char_height - 1;
|
|
|
4596 attr->status_area.width = width;
|
|
|
4597 attr->status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4598 }
|
|
|
4599 }
|
|
|
4600 if (attrmask != 0)
|
|
|
4601 gdk_ic_set_attr(xic, attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask);
|
|
|
4602 }
|
|
|
4603 # endif
|
|
|
4604 #else
|
|
11
|
4605 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
4606 # else
|
|
7
|
4607 {
|
|
|
4608 XVaNestedList preedit_list = 0, status_list = 0, list = 0;
|
|
|
4609 XRectangle pre_area, status_area;
|
|
|
4610
|
|
|
4611 if (input_style & XIMStatusArea)
|
|
|
4612 {
|
|
|
4613 if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea)
|
|
|
4614 {
|
|
|
4615 XRectangle *needed_rect;
|
|
|
4616
|
|
|
4617 /* to get status_area width */
|
|
|
4618 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNAreaNeeded,
|
|
|
4619 &needed_rect, NULL);
|
|
|
4620 XGetICValues(xic, XNStatusAttributes, status_list, NULL);
|
|
|
4621 XFree(status_list);
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 status_area.width = needed_rect->width;
|
|
|
4624 }
|
|
|
4625 else
|
|
|
4626 status_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns;
|
|
|
4627
|
|
|
4628 status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4629 status_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4630 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
4631 status_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
4632 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
4633 if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
|
4634 status_area.y += gui.menu_height;
|
|
|
4635 #endif
|
|
|
4636 status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4637 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &status_area, NULL);
|
|
|
4638 }
|
|
|
4639 else
|
|
|
4640 {
|
|
|
4641 status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4642 status_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4643 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
4644 status_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
4645 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
4646 if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
|
4647 status_area.y += gui.menu_height;
|
|
|
4648 #endif
|
|
|
4649 status_area.width = 0;
|
|
|
4650 status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652
|
|
|
4653 if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea) /* off-the-spot */
|
|
|
4654 {
|
|
|
4655 pre_area.x = status_area.x + status_area.width;
|
|
|
4656 pre_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4657 pre_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns - pre_area.x;
|
|
|
4658 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
4659 pre_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
4660 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
4661 if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
|
4662 pre_area.y += gui.menu_height;
|
|
|
4663 #endif
|
|
|
4664 pre_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4665 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &pre_area, NULL);
|
|
|
4666 }
|
|
|
4667 else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition) /* over-the-spot */
|
|
|
4668 {
|
|
|
4669 pre_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4670 pre_area.y = 0;
|
|
|
4671 pre_area.height = gui.char_height * Rows;
|
|
|
4672 pre_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns;
|
|
|
4673 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &pre_area, NULL);
|
|
|
4674 }
|
|
|
4675
|
|
|
4676 if (preedit_list && status_list)
|
|
|
4677 list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list,
|
|
|
4678 XNStatusAttributes, status_list, NULL);
|
|
|
4679 else if (preedit_list)
|
|
|
4680 list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list,
|
|
|
4681 NULL);
|
|
|
4682 else if (status_list)
|
|
|
4683 list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNStatusAttributes, status_list,
|
|
|
4684 NULL);
|
|
|
4685 else
|
|
|
4686 list = NULL;
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 if (list)
|
|
|
4689 {
|
|
|
4690 XSetICValues(xic, XNVaNestedList, list, NULL);
|
|
|
4691 XFree(list);
|
|
|
4692 }
|
|
|
4693 if (status_list)
|
|
|
4694 XFree(status_list);
|
|
|
4695 if (preedit_list)
|
|
|
4696 XFree(preedit_list);
|
|
|
4697 }
|
|
11
|
4698 # endif /* FEAT_GUI_KDE */
|
|
7
|
4699 #endif
|
|
|
4700 }
|
|
|
4701
|
|
42
|
4702 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)
|
|
7
|
4703 static char e_xim[] = N_("E285: Failed to create input context");
|
|
|
4704 #endif
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4707 # if defined(XtSpecificationRelease) && XtSpecificationRelease >= 6 && !defined(sun)
|
|
|
4708 # define USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4709 # endif
|
|
|
4710
|
|
|
4711 static int xim_real_init __ARGS((Window x11_window, Display *x11_display));
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713
|
|
|
4714 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4715 static void xim_instantiate_cb __ARGS((Display *display, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data));
|
|
|
4716 static void xim_destroy_cb __ARGS((XIM im, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data));
|
|
|
4717
|
|
|
4718 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4719 static void
|
|
|
4720 xim_instantiate_cb(display, client_data, call_data)
|
|
|
4721 Display *display;
|
|
|
4722 XPointer client_data;
|
|
|
4723 XPointer call_data;
|
|
|
4724 {
|
|
|
4725 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4726 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4727
|
|
|
4728 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
4729 xim_log("xim_instantiate_cb()\n");
|
|
|
4730 #endif
|
|
|
4731
|
|
|
4732 gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display);
|
|
|
4733 if (display != x11_display)
|
|
|
4734 return;
|
|
|
4735
|
|
|
4736 xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display);
|
|
|
4737 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4738 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
4739 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
4740 xim_instantiate_cb, NULL);
|
|
|
4741 }
|
|
|
4742
|
|
|
4743 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4744 static void
|
|
|
4745 xim_destroy_cb(im, client_data, call_data)
|
|
|
4746 XIM im;
|
|
|
4747 XPointer client_data;
|
|
|
4748 XPointer call_data;
|
|
|
4749 {
|
|
|
4750 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4751 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4752
|
|
|
4753 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
4754 xim_log("xim_destroy_cb()\n");
|
|
|
4755 #endif
|
|
|
4756 gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display);
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
4759 status_area_enabled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4760
|
|
|
4761 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4762
|
|
|
4763 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
4764 xim_instantiate_cb, NULL);
|
|
|
4765 }
|
|
|
4766 #endif
|
|
|
4767
|
|
|
4768 void
|
|
|
4769 xim_init()
|
|
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4772 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4773
|
|
|
4774 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
4775 xim_log("xim_init()\n");
|
|
|
4776 #endif
|
|
|
4777
|
|
|
4778 gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display);
|
|
|
4779
|
|
|
4780 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
4781
|
|
|
4782 if (xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display))
|
|
|
4783 return;
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4786
|
|
|
4787 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4788 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
4789 xim_instantiate_cb, NULL);
|
|
|
4790 #endif
|
|
|
4791 }
|
|
|
4792
|
|
|
4793 static int
|
|
|
4794 xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display)
|
|
|
4795 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4796 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4797 {
|
|
|
4798 int i;
|
|
|
4799 char *p,
|
|
|
4800 *s,
|
|
|
4801 *ns,
|
|
|
4802 *end,
|
|
|
4803 tmp[1024];
|
|
|
4804 #define IMLEN_MAX 40
|
|
|
4805 char buf[IMLEN_MAX + 7];
|
|
|
4806 XIM xim = NULL;
|
|
|
4807 XIMStyles *xim_styles;
|
|
|
4808 XIMStyle this_input_style = 0;
|
|
|
4809 Boolean found;
|
|
|
4810 XPoint over_spot;
|
|
|
4811 XVaNestedList preedit_list, status_list;
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 input_style = 0;
|
|
|
4814 status_area_enabled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4815
|
|
|
4816 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
4817 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4818
|
|
|
4819 if (gui.rsrc_input_method != NULL && *gui.rsrc_input_method != NUL)
|
|
|
4820 {
|
|
|
4821 strcpy(tmp, gui.rsrc_input_method);
|
|
|
4822 for (ns = s = tmp; ns != NULL && *s != NUL;)
|
|
|
4823 {
|
|
|
4824 s = (char *)skipwhite((char_u *)s);
|
|
|
4825 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
4826 break;
|
|
|
4827 if ((ns = end = strchr(s, ',')) == NULL)
|
|
|
4828 end = s + strlen(s);
|
|
|
4829 while (isspace(((char_u *)end)[-1]))
|
|
|
4830 end--;
|
|
|
4831 *end = NUL;
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 if (strlen(s) <= IMLEN_MAX)
|
|
|
4834 {
|
|
|
4835 strcpy(buf, "@im=");
|
|
|
4836 strcat(buf, s);
|
|
|
4837 if ((p = XSetLocaleModifiers(buf)) != NULL && *p != NUL
|
|
|
4838 && (xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
4839 != NULL)
|
|
|
4840 break;
|
|
|
4841 }
|
|
|
4842
|
|
|
4843 s = ns + 1;
|
|
|
4844 }
|
|
|
4845 }
|
|
|
4846
|
|
|
4847 if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("")) != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
4848 xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4849
|
|
|
4850 /* This is supposed to be useful to obtain characters through
|
|
|
4851 * XmbLookupString() without really using a XIM. */
|
|
|
4852 if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("@im=none")) != NULL
|
|
|
4853 && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
4854 xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4855
|
|
|
4856 if (xim == NULL)
|
|
|
4857 {
|
|
|
4858 /* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
|
|
|
4859 * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */
|
|
|
4860 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
4861 {
|
|
|
4862 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
4863 EMSG(_("E286: Failed to open input method"));
|
|
292
|
4864 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
4865 }
|
|
7
|
4866 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4867 }
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4870 {
|
|
|
4871 XIMCallback destroy_cb;
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 destroy_cb.callback = xim_destroy_cb;
|
|
|
4874 destroy_cb.client_data = NULL;
|
|
|
4875 if (XSetIMValues(xim, XNDestroyCallback, &destroy_cb, NULL))
|
|
|
4876 EMSG(_("E287: Warning: Could not set destroy callback to IM"));
|
|
|
4877 }
|
|
|
4878 #endif
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 if (XGetIMValues(xim, XNQueryInputStyle, &xim_styles, NULL) || !xim_styles)
|
|
|
4881 {
|
|
|
4882 EMSG(_("E288: input method doesn't support any style"));
|
|
|
4883 XCloseIM(xim);
|
|
|
4884 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4885 }
|
|
|
4886
|
|
|
4887 found = False;
|
|
|
4888 strcpy(tmp, gui.rsrc_preedit_type_name);
|
|
|
4889 for (s = tmp; s && !found; )
|
|
|
4890 {
|
|
|
4891 while (*s && isspace((unsigned char)*s))
|
|
|
4892 s++;
|
|
|
4893 if (!*s)
|
|
|
4894 break;
|
|
|
4895 if ((ns = end = strchr(s, ',')) != 0)
|
|
|
4896 ns++;
|
|
|
4897 else
|
|
|
4898 end = s + strlen(s);
|
|
|
4899 while (isspace((unsigned char)*end))
|
|
|
4900 end--;
|
|
|
4901 *end = '\0';
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 if (!strcmp(s, "OverTheSpot"))
|
|
|
4904 this_input_style = (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusArea);
|
|
|
4905 else if (!strcmp(s, "OffTheSpot"))
|
|
|
4906 this_input_style = (XIMPreeditArea | XIMStatusArea);
|
|
|
4907 else if (!strcmp(s, "Root"))
|
|
|
4908 this_input_style = (XIMPreeditNothing | XIMStatusNothing);
|
|
|
4909
|
|
|
4910 for (i = 0; (unsigned short)i < xim_styles->count_styles; i++)
|
|
|
4911 {
|
|
|
4912 if (this_input_style == xim_styles->supported_styles[i])
|
|
|
4913 {
|
|
|
4914 found = True;
|
|
|
4915 break;
|
|
|
4916 }
|
|
|
4917 }
|
|
|
4918 if (!found)
|
|
|
4919 for (i = 0; (unsigned short)i < xim_styles->count_styles; i++)
|
|
|
4920 {
|
|
|
4921 if ((xim_styles->supported_styles[i] & this_input_style)
|
|
|
4922 == (this_input_style & ~XIMStatusArea))
|
|
|
4923 {
|
|
|
4924 this_input_style &= ~XIMStatusArea;
|
|
|
4925 found = True;
|
|
|
4926 break;
|
|
|
4927 }
|
|
|
4928 }
|
|
|
4929
|
|
|
4930 s = ns;
|
|
|
4931 }
|
|
|
4932 XFree(xim_styles);
|
|
|
4933
|
|
|
4934 if (!found)
|
|
|
4935 {
|
|
|
4936 /* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
|
|
|
4937 * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */
|
|
|
4938 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
4939 {
|
|
|
4940 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
4941 EMSG(_("E289: input method doesn't support my preedit type"));
|
|
292
|
4942 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
4943 }
|
|
7
|
4944 XCloseIM(xim);
|
|
|
4945 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947
|
|
|
4948 over_spot.x = TEXT_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4949 over_spot.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4950 input_style = this_input_style;
|
|
|
4951
|
|
|
4952 /* A crash was reported when trying to pass gui.norm_font as XNFontSet,
|
|
|
4953 * thus that has been removed. Hopefully the default works... */
|
|
|
4954 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
4955 if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
4956 {
|
|
|
4957 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4958 XNSpotLocation, &over_spot,
|
|
|
4959 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
4960 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
4961 XNFontSet, (XFontSet)gui.fontset,
|
|
|
4962 NULL);
|
|
|
4963 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4964 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
4965 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
4966 XNFontSet, (XFontSet)gui.fontset,
|
|
|
4967 NULL);
|
|
|
4968 }
|
|
|
4969 else
|
|
|
4970 #endif
|
|
|
4971 {
|
|
|
4972 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4973 XNSpotLocation, &over_spot,
|
|
|
4974 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
4975 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
4976 NULL);
|
|
|
4977 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4978 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
4979 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
4980 NULL);
|
|
|
4981 }
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 xic = XCreateIC(xim,
|
|
|
4984 XNInputStyle, input_style,
|
|
|
4985 XNClientWindow, x11_window,
|
|
|
4986 XNFocusWindow, gui.wid,
|
|
|
4987 XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list,
|
|
|
4988 XNStatusAttributes, status_list,
|
|
|
4989 NULL);
|
|
|
4990 XFree(status_list);
|
|
|
4991 XFree(preedit_list);
|
|
|
4992 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
4993 {
|
|
|
4994 if (input_style & XIMStatusArea)
|
|
|
4995 {
|
|
|
4996 xim_set_status_area();
|
|
|
4997 status_area_enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
4998 }
|
|
|
4999 else
|
|
|
5000 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5001 }
|
|
|
5002 else
|
|
|
5003 {
|
|
|
5004 EMSG(_(e_xim));
|
|
|
5005 XCloseIM(xim);
|
|
|
5006 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5007 }
|
|
|
5008
|
|
|
5009 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5010 }
|
|
|
5011
|
|
|
5012 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_X11 */
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5017 static char e_overthespot[] = N_("E290: over-the-spot style requires fontset");
|
|
|
5018 # endif
|
|
|
5019
|
|
|
5020 # ifdef PROTO
|
|
|
5021 typedef int GdkIC;
|
|
|
5022 # endif
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 void
|
|
|
5025 xim_decide_input_style()
|
|
|
5026 {
|
|
|
5027 /* GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS was disabled, enabled it to allow Japanese
|
|
|
5028 * OverTheSpot. */
|
|
|
5029 int supported_style = (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NONE |
|
|
|
5030 (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING |
|
|
|
5031 (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION |
|
|
|
5032 (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS |
|
|
|
5033 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS |
|
|
|
5034 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA |
|
|
|
5035 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_NONE |
|
|
|
5036 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5037
|
|
|
5038 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5039 xim_log("xim_decide_input_style()\n");
|
|
|
5040 #endif
|
|
|
5041
|
|
|
5042 if (!gdk_im_ready())
|
|
|
5043 xim_input_style = 0;
|
|
|
5044 else
|
|
|
5045 {
|
|
|
5046 if (gtk_major_version > 1
|
|
|
5047 || (gtk_major_version == 1
|
|
|
5048 && (gtk_minor_version > 2
|
|
|
5049 || (gtk_minor_version == 2 && gtk_micro_version >= 3))))
|
|
|
5050 use_status_area = TRUE;
|
|
|
5051 else
|
|
|
5052 {
|
|
|
5053 EMSG(_("E291: Your GTK+ is older than 1.2.3. Status area disabled"));
|
|
|
5054 use_status_area = FALSE;
|
|
|
5055 }
|
|
|
5056 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5057 if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
5058 #endif
|
|
|
5059 supported_style &= ~((int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION
|
|
|
5060 | (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA);
|
|
|
5061 if (!use_status_area)
|
|
|
5062 supported_style &= ~(int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA;
|
|
|
5063 xim_input_style = (int)gdk_im_decide_style((GdkIMStyle)supported_style);
|
|
|
5064 }
|
|
|
5065 }
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5068 static void
|
|
|
5069 preedit_start_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5070 {
|
|
|
5071 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5072 xim_log("xim_decide_input_style()\n");
|
|
|
5073 #endif
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075 draw_feedback = NULL;
|
|
|
5076 xim_can_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
5077 xim_has_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
5078 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5079 if (showmode() > 0)
|
|
|
5080 {
|
|
|
5081 setcursor();
|
|
|
5082 out_flush();
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084 }
|
|
|
5085
|
|
|
5086 static void
|
|
|
5087 xim_back_delete(int n)
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
|
5089 char_u str[3];
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 str[0] = CSI;
|
|
|
5092 str[1] = 'k';
|
|
|
5093 str[2] = 'b';
|
|
|
5094 while (n-- > 0)
|
|
|
5095 add_to_input_buf(str, 3);
|
|
|
5096 }
|
|
|
5097
|
|
|
5098 static GSList *key_press_event_queue = NULL;
|
|
|
5099 static gboolean processing_queued_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5102 static void
|
|
|
5103 preedit_draw_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5104 {
|
|
|
5105 XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct *draw_data;
|
|
|
5106 XIMText *text;
|
|
|
5107 char *src;
|
|
|
5108 GSList *event_queue;
|
|
|
5109
|
|
|
5110 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5111 xim_log("preedit_draw_cbproc()\n");
|
|
|
5112 #endif
|
|
|
5113
|
|
|
5114 draw_data = (XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct *) call_data;
|
|
|
5115 text = (XIMText *) draw_data->text;
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 if ((text == NULL && draw_data->chg_length == preedit_buf_len)
|
|
|
5118 || preedit_buf_len == 0)
|
|
|
5119 {
|
|
|
5120 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
5121 vim_free(draw_feedback);
|
|
|
5122 draw_feedback = NULL;
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
|
5124 if (draw_data->chg_length > 0)
|
|
|
5125 {
|
|
|
5126 int bs_cnt;
|
|
|
5127
|
|
|
5128 if (draw_data->chg_length > preedit_buf_len)
|
|
|
5129 bs_cnt = preedit_buf_len;
|
|
|
5130 else
|
|
|
5131 bs_cnt = draw_data->chg_length;
|
|
|
5132 xim_back_delete(bs_cnt);
|
|
|
5133 preedit_buf_len -= bs_cnt;
|
|
|
5134 }
|
|
|
5135 if (text != NULL)
|
|
|
5136 {
|
|
|
5137 int len;
|
|
|
5138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5139 char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
|
5140 unsigned int nfeedback = 0;
|
|
|
5141 #endif
|
|
|
5142 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 src = text->string.multi_byte;
|
|
|
5145 if (src != NULL && !text->encoding_is_wchar)
|
|
|
5146 {
|
|
|
5147 len = strlen(src);
|
|
|
5148 ptr = (char_u *)src;
|
|
|
5149 /* Avoid the enter for decision */
|
|
|
5150 if (*ptr == '\n')
|
|
|
5151 return;
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5154 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE
|
|
|
5155 && (buf = string_convert(&input_conv,
|
|
|
5156 (char_u *)src, &len)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5157 {
|
|
|
5158 /* Converted from 'termencoding' to 'encoding'. */
|
|
|
5159 add_to_input_buf_csi(buf, len);
|
|
|
5160 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
5161 }
|
|
|
5162 else
|
|
|
5163 #endif
|
|
|
5164 add_to_input_buf_csi((char_u *)src, len);
|
|
|
5165 /* Add count of character to preedit_buf_len */
|
|
|
5166 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
5167 {
|
|
|
5168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5169 if (draw_data->text->feedback != NULL)
|
|
|
5170 {
|
|
|
5171 if (draw_feedback == NULL)
|
|
|
5172 draw_feedback = (char *)alloc(draw_data->chg_first
|
|
|
5173 + text->length);
|
|
|
5174 else
|
|
|
5175 draw_feedback = realloc(draw_feedback,
|
|
|
5176 draw_data->chg_first + text->length);
|
|
|
5177 if (draw_feedback != NULL)
|
|
|
5178 {
|
|
|
5179 draw_feedback[nfeedback + draw_data->chg_first]
|
|
|
5180 = draw_data->text->feedback[nfeedback];
|
|
|
5181 nfeedback++;
|
|
|
5182 }
|
|
|
5183 }
|
|
|
5184 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5185 ptr += mb_ptr2len_check(ptr);
|
|
|
5186 else
|
|
|
5187 #endif
|
|
|
5188 ptr++;
|
|
|
5189 preedit_buf_len++;
|
|
|
5190 }
|
|
|
5191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5192 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5193 #endif
|
|
|
5194 preedit_end_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5195 }
|
|
|
5196 }
|
|
|
5197 if (text != NULL || draw_data->chg_length > 0)
|
|
|
5198 {
|
|
|
5199 event_queue = key_press_event_queue;
|
|
|
5200 processing_queued_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
5201 while (event_queue != NULL && processing_queued_event)
|
|
|
5202 {
|
|
|
5203 GdkEvent *ev = event_queue->data;
|
|
|
5204
|
|
|
5205 gboolean *ret;
|
|
|
5206 gtk_signal_emit_by_name((GtkObject*)gui.mainwin, "key_press_event",
|
|
|
5207 ev, &ret);
|
|
|
5208 gdk_event_free(ev);
|
|
|
5209 event_queue = event_queue->next;
|
|
|
5210 }
|
|
|
5211 processing_queued_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
5212 if (key_press_event_queue)
|
|
|
5213 {
|
|
|
5214 g_slist_free(key_press_event_queue);
|
|
|
5215 key_press_event_queue = NULL;
|
|
|
5216 }
|
|
|
5217 }
|
|
|
5218 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
|
|
|
5219 gtk_main_quit();
|
|
|
5220 }
|
|
|
5221
|
|
|
5222 /*
|
|
|
5223 * Retrieve the highlighting attributes at column col in the preedit string.
|
|
|
5224 * Return -1 if not in preediting mode or if col is out of range.
|
|
|
5225 */
|
|
|
5226 int
|
|
|
5227 im_get_feedback_attr(int col)
|
|
|
5228 {
|
|
|
5229 if (draw_feedback != NULL && col < preedit_buf_len)
|
|
|
5230 {
|
|
|
5231 if (draw_feedback[col] & XIMReverse)
|
|
|
5232 return HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
5233 else if (draw_feedback[col] & XIMUnderline)
|
|
|
5234 return HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
5235 else
|
|
|
5236 return hl_attr(HLF_V);
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 return -1;
|
|
|
5240 }
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5243 static void
|
|
|
5244 preedit_caret_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5245 {
|
|
|
5246 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5247 xim_log("preedit_caret_cbproc()\n");
|
|
|
5248 #endif
|
|
|
5249 }
|
|
|
5250
|
|
|
5251 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5252 static void
|
|
|
5253 preedit_done_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5254 {
|
|
|
5255 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5256 xim_log("preedit_done_cbproc()\n");
|
|
|
5257 #endif
|
|
|
5258
|
|
|
5259 vim_free(draw_feedback);
|
|
|
5260 draw_feedback = NULL;
|
|
|
5261 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5262 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5263 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5264 if (showmode() > 0)
|
|
|
5265 {
|
|
|
5266 setcursor();
|
|
|
5267 out_flush();
|
|
|
5268 }
|
|
|
5269 }
|
|
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 void
|
|
|
5272 xim_reset(void)
|
|
|
5273 {
|
|
|
5274 char *text;
|
|
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5277 xim_log("xim_reset()\n");
|
|
|
5278 #endif
|
|
|
5279
|
|
|
5280 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
5281 {
|
|
|
5282 text = XmbResetIC(((GdkICPrivate *)xic)->xic);
|
|
|
5283 if (text != NULL && !(xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS))
|
|
|
5284 add_to_input_buf_csi((char_u *)text, strlen(text));
|
|
|
5285 else
|
|
|
5286 preedit_buf_len = 0;
|
|
|
5287 if (text != NULL)
|
|
|
5288 XFree(text);
|
|
|
5289 }
|
|
|
5290 }
|
|
|
5291
|
|
|
5292 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5293 int
|
|
|
5294 xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
|
|
|
5295 {
|
|
|
5296 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5297 xim_log("xim_queue_key_press_event()\n");
|
|
|
5298 #endif
|
|
|
5299
|
|
|
5300 if (preedit_buf_len <= 0)
|
|
|
5301 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5302 if (processing_queued_event)
|
|
|
5303 processing_queued_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
5304
|
|
|
5305 key_press_event_queue = g_slist_append(key_press_event_queue,
|
|
|
5306 gdk_event_copy((GdkEvent *)event));
|
|
|
5307 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5308 }
|
|
|
5309
|
|
|
5310 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5311 static void
|
|
|
5312 preedit_callback_setup(GdkIC *ic)
|
|
|
5313 {
|
|
|
5314 XIC xxic;
|
|
|
5315 XVaNestedList preedit_attr;
|
|
|
5316 XIMCallback preedit_start_cb;
|
|
|
5317 XIMCallback preedit_draw_cb;
|
|
|
5318 XIMCallback preedit_caret_cb;
|
|
|
5319 XIMCallback preedit_done_cb;
|
|
|
5320
|
|
|
5321 xxic = ((GdkICPrivate*)xic)->xic;
|
|
|
5322 preedit_start_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_start_cbproc;
|
|
|
5323 preedit_draw_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_draw_cbproc;
|
|
|
5324 preedit_caret_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_caret_cbproc;
|
|
|
5325 preedit_done_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_done_cbproc;
|
|
|
5326 preedit_attr
|
|
|
5327 = XVaCreateNestedList (0,
|
|
|
5328 XNPreeditStartCallback, &preedit_start_cb,
|
|
|
5329 XNPreeditDrawCallback, &preedit_draw_cb,
|
|
|
5330 XNPreeditCaretCallback, &preedit_caret_cb,
|
|
|
5331 XNPreeditDoneCallback, &preedit_done_cb,
|
|
|
5332 0);
|
|
|
5333 XSetICValues (xxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, 0);
|
|
|
5334 XFree(preedit_attr);
|
|
|
5335 }
|
|
|
5336
|
|
|
5337 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5338 static void
|
|
|
5339 reset_state_setup(GdkIC *ic)
|
|
|
5340 {
|
|
|
5341 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
5342 /* don't change the input context when we call reset */
|
|
|
5343 XSetICValues(((GdkICPrivate*)ic)->xic, XNResetState, XIMPreserveState, 0);
|
|
|
5344 #endif
|
|
|
5345 }
|
|
|
5346
|
|
|
5347 void
|
|
|
5348 xim_init(void)
|
|
|
5349 {
|
|
|
5350 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5351 xim_log("xim_init()\n");
|
|
|
5352 #endif
|
|
|
5353
|
|
|
5354 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
5355 xic_attr = NULL;
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 if (!gdk_im_ready())
|
|
|
5358 {
|
|
|
5359 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
5360 {
|
|
|
5361 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
5362 EMSG(_("E292: Input Method Server is not running"));
|
|
292
|
5363 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
5364 }
|
|
7
|
5365 return;
|
|
|
5366 }
|
|
|
5367 if ((xic_attr = gdk_ic_attr_new()) != NULL)
|
|
|
5368 {
|
|
|
5369 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5370 gint width, height;
|
|
|
5371 #endif
|
|
|
5372 int mask;
|
|
|
5373 GdkColormap *colormap;
|
|
|
5374 GdkICAttr *attr = xic_attr;
|
|
|
5375 int attrmask = (int)GDK_IC_ALL_REQ;
|
|
|
5376 GtkWidget *widget = gui.drawarea;
|
|
|
5377
|
|
|
5378 attr->style = (GdkIMStyle)xim_input_style;
|
|
|
5379 attr->client_window = gui.mainwin->window;
|
|
|
5380
|
|
|
5381 if ((colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap(widget)) !=
|
|
|
5382 gtk_widget_get_default_colormap())
|
|
|
5383 {
|
|
|
5384 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_COLORMAP;
|
|
|
5385 attr->preedit_colormap = colormap;
|
|
|
5386 }
|
|
|
5387 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND;
|
|
|
5388 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND;
|
|
|
5389 attr->preedit_foreground = widget->style->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
|
|
|
5390 attr->preedit_background = widget->style->base[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
|
|
|
5391
|
|
|
5392 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5393 if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_MASK)
|
|
|
5394 == (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION)
|
|
|
5395 {
|
|
|
5396 if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
5397 || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
5398 {
|
|
|
5399 EMSG(_(e_overthespot));
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
|
5401 else
|
|
|
5402 {
|
|
|
5403 gdk_window_get_size(widget->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
5404
|
|
|
5405 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_POSITION_REQ;
|
|
|
5406 attr->spot_location.x = TEXT_X(0);
|
|
|
5407 attr->spot_location.y = TEXT_Y(0);
|
|
|
5408 attr->preedit_area.x = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5409 attr->preedit_area.y = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5410 attr->preedit_area.width = width - 2*gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5411 attr->preedit_area.height = height - 2*gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5412 attr->preedit_fontset = gui.fontset;
|
|
|
5413 }
|
|
|
5414 }
|
|
|
5415
|
|
|
5416 if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK)
|
|
|
5417 == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
5418 {
|
|
|
5419 if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
5420 || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
5421 {
|
|
|
5422 EMSG(_(e_overthespot));
|
|
|
5423 }
|
|
|
5424 else
|
|
|
5425 {
|
|
|
5426 gdk_window_get_size(gui.mainwin->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
5427 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA_REQ;
|
|
|
5428 attr->status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
5429 attr->status_area.y = height - gui.char_height - 1;
|
|
|
5430 attr->status_area.width = width;
|
|
|
5431 attr->status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
5432 attr->status_fontset = gui.fontset;
|
|
|
5433 }
|
|
|
5434 }
|
|
|
5435 else if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK)
|
|
|
5436 == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
5437 {
|
|
|
5438 /* FIXME */
|
|
|
5439 }
|
|
|
5440 #endif
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 xic = gdk_ic_new(attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask);
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
5445 EMSG(_(e_xim));
|
|
|
5446 else
|
|
|
5447 {
|
|
|
5448 mask = (int)gdk_window_get_events(widget->window);
|
|
|
5449 mask |= (int)gdk_ic_get_events(xic);
|
|
|
5450 gdk_window_set_events(widget->window, (GdkEventMask)mask);
|
|
|
5451 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
5452 preedit_callback_setup(xic);
|
|
|
5453 reset_state_setup(xic);
|
|
|
5454 }
|
|
|
5455 }
|
|
|
5456 }
|
|
|
5457
|
|
|
5458 void
|
|
|
5459 im_shutdown(void)
|
|
|
5460 {
|
|
|
5461 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5462 xim_log("im_shutdown()\n");
|
|
|
5463 #endif
|
|
|
5464
|
|
|
5465 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
5466 {
|
|
|
5467 gdk_im_end();
|
|
|
5468 gdk_ic_destroy(xic);
|
|
|
5469 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
5470 }
|
|
|
5471 xim_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
5472 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5473 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5474 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5475 }
|
|
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
|
5478
|
|
|
5479 int
|
|
|
5480 xim_get_status_area_height()
|
|
|
5481 {
|
|
|
5482 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
5483 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
5484 return gui.char_height;
|
|
129
|
5485 #else
|
|
|
5486 # if defined FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
42
|
5487 /* always return zero? */
|
|
129
|
5488 # else
|
|
7
|
5489 if (status_area_enabled)
|
|
|
5490 return gui.char_height;
|
|
129
|
5491 # endif
|
|
7
|
5492 #endif
|
|
|
5493 return 0;
|
|
|
5494 }
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 /*
|
|
|
5497 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return TRUE. Else return FALSE.
|
|
|
5498 * FIXME: This doesn't work correctly: Having focus doesn't always mean XIM is
|
|
|
5499 * active, when not having focus XIM may still be active (e.g., when using a
|
|
|
5500 * tear-off menu item).
|
|
|
5501 */
|
|
|
5502 int
|
|
|
5503 im_get_status()
|
|
|
5504 {
|
|
|
5505 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
5506 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
5507 return xim_can_preediting;
|
|
|
5508 # endif
|
|
42
|
5509 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
5510 if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
5511 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5512 # endif
|
|
7
|
5513 return xim_has_focus;
|
|
|
5514 }
|
|
|
5515
|
|
|
5516 # endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
|
|
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5519 int
|
|
|
5520 im_is_preediting()
|
|
|
5521 {
|
|
|
5522 return xim_has_preediting;
|
|
|
5523 }
|
|
|
5524 # endif
|
|
|
5525 #endif /* FEAT_XIM */
|
|
|
5526
|
|
|
5527 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5528
|
|
|
5529 /*
|
|
|
5530 * Setup "vcp" for conversion from "from" to "to".
|
|
|
5531 * The names must have been made canonical with enc_canonize().
|
|
|
5532 * vcp->vc_type must have been initialized to CONV_NONE.
|
|
|
5533 * Note: cannot be used for conversion from/to ucs-2 and ucs-4 (will use utf-8
|
|
|
5534 * instead).
|
|
|
5535 * Afterwards invoke with "from" and "to" equal to NULL to cleanup.
|
|
|
5536 * Return FAIL when conversion is not supported, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
5537 */
|
|
|
5538 int
|
|
|
5539 convert_setup(vcp, from, to)
|
|
|
5540 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
5541 char_u *from;
|
|
|
5542 char_u *to;
|
|
|
5543 {
|
|
|
5544 int from_prop;
|
|
|
5545 int to_prop;
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 /* Reset to no conversion. */
|
|
|
5548 # ifdef USE_ICONV
|
|
|
5549 if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_ICONV && vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1)
|
|
|
5550 iconv_close(vcp->vc_fd);
|
|
|
5551 # endif
|
|
|
5552 vcp->vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
5553 vcp->vc_factor = 1;
|
|
|
5554 vcp->vc_fail = FALSE;
|
|
|
5555
|
|
|
5556 /* No conversion when one of the names is empty or they are equal. */
|
|
|
5557 if (from == NULL || *from == NUL || to == NULL || *to == NUL
|
|
|
5558 || STRCMP(from, to) == 0)
|
|
|
5559 return OK;
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 from_prop = enc_canon_props(from);
|
|
|
5562 to_prop = enc_canon_props(to);
|
|
|
5563 if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE))
|
|
|
5564 {
|
|
|
5565 /* Internal latin1 -> utf-8 conversion. */
|
|
|
5566 vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_UTF8;
|
|
|
5567 vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */
|
|
|
5568 }
|
|
26
|
5569 else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN9) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE))
|
|
|
5570 {
|
|
|
5571 /* Internal latin9 -> utf-8 conversion. */
|
|
|
5572 vcp->vc_type = CONV_9_TO_UTF8;
|
|
|
5573 vcp->vc_factor = 3; /* up to three as long (euro sign) */
|
|
|
5574 }
|
|
7
|
5575 else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN1))
|
|
|
5576 {
|
|
|
5577 /* Internal utf-8 -> latin1 conversion. */
|
|
|
5578 vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN1;
|
|
|
5579 }
|
|
26
|
5580 else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN9))
|
|
|
5581 {
|
|
|
5582 /* Internal utf-8 -> latin9 conversion. */
|
|
|
5583 vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN9;
|
|
|
5584 }
|
|
7
|
5585 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5586 /* Win32-specific codepage <-> codepage conversion without iconv. */
|
|
|
5587 else if (((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) || encname2codepage(from) > 0)
|
|
|
5588 && ((to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) || encname2codepage(to) > 0))
|
|
|
5589 {
|
|
|
5590 vcp->vc_type = CONV_CODEPAGE;
|
|
|
5591 vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */
|
|
|
5592 vcp->vc_cpfrom = (from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? 0 : encname2codepage(from);
|
|
|
5593 vcp->vc_cpto = (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? 0 : encname2codepage(to);
|
|
|
5594 }
|
|
|
5595 #endif
|
|
|
5596 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
5597 else if ((from_prop & ENC_MACROMAN) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN1))
|
|
|
5598 {
|
|
|
5599 vcp->vc_type = CONV_MAC_LATIN1;
|
|
|
5600 }
|
|
|
5601 else if ((from_prop & ENC_MACROMAN) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE))
|
|
|
5602 {
|
|
|
5603 vcp->vc_type = CONV_MAC_UTF8;
|
|
|
5604 vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */
|
|
|
5605 }
|
|
|
5606 else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && (to_prop & ENC_MACROMAN))
|
|
|
5607 {
|
|
|
5608 vcp->vc_type = CONV_LATIN1_MAC;
|
|
|
5609 }
|
|
|
5610 else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_MACROMAN))
|
|
|
5611 {
|
|
|
5612 vcp->vc_type = CONV_UTF8_MAC;
|
|
|
5613 }
|
|
|
5614 #endif
|
|
|
5615 # ifdef USE_ICONV
|
|
|
5616 else
|
|
|
5617 {
|
|
|
5618 /* Use iconv() for conversion. */
|
|
|
5619 vcp->vc_fd = (iconv_t)my_iconv_open(
|
|
|
5620 (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : to,
|
|
|
5621 (from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : from);
|
|
|
5622 if (vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1)
|
|
|
5623 {
|
|
|
5624 vcp->vc_type = CONV_ICONV;
|
|
|
5625 vcp->vc_factor = 4; /* could be longer too... */
|
|
|
5626 }
|
|
|
5627 }
|
|
|
5628 # endif
|
|
|
5629 if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
5630 return FAIL;
|
|
167
|
5631
|
|
7
|
5632 return OK;
|
|
|
5633 }
|
|
|
5634
|
|
|
5635 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(AMIGA) || defined(WIN3264) \
|
|
|
5636 || defined(MSDOS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5637 /*
|
|
|
5638 * Do conversion on typed input characters in-place.
|
|
|
5639 * The input and output are not NUL terminated!
|
|
|
5640 * Returns the length after conversion.
|
|
|
5641 */
|
|
|
5642 int
|
|
|
5643 convert_input(ptr, len, maxlen)
|
|
|
5644 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5645 int len;
|
|
|
5646 int maxlen;
|
|
|
5647 {
|
|
|
5648 return convert_input_safe(ptr, len, maxlen, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5649 }
|
|
|
5650 #endif
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 /*
|
|
|
5653 * Like convert_input(), but when there is an incomplete byte sequence at the
|
|
|
5654 * end return that as an allocated string in "restp" and set "*restlenp" to
|
|
|
5655 * the length. If "restp" is NULL it is not used.
|
|
|
5656 */
|
|
|
5657 int
|
|
|
5658 convert_input_safe(ptr, len, maxlen, restp, restlenp)
|
|
|
5659 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5660 int len;
|
|
|
5661 int maxlen;
|
|
|
5662 char_u **restp;
|
|
|
5663 int *restlenp;
|
|
|
5664 {
|
|
|
5665 char_u *d;
|
|
|
5666 int dlen = len;
|
|
|
5667 int unconvertlen = 0;
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 d = string_convert_ext(&input_conv, ptr, &dlen,
|
|
|
5670 restp == NULL ? NULL : &unconvertlen);
|
|
|
5671 if (d != NULL)
|
|
|
5672 {
|
|
|
5673 if (dlen <= maxlen)
|
|
|
5674 {
|
|
|
5675 if (unconvertlen > 0)
|
|
|
5676 {
|
|
|
5677 /* Move the unconverted characters to allocated memory. */
|
|
|
5678 *restp = alloc(unconvertlen);
|
|
|
5679 if (*restp != NULL)
|
|
|
5680 mch_memmove(*restp, ptr + len - unconvertlen, unconvertlen);
|
|
|
5681 *restlenp = unconvertlen;
|
|
|
5682 }
|
|
|
5683 mch_memmove(ptr, d, dlen);
|
|
|
5684 }
|
|
|
5685 else
|
|
|
5686 /* result is too long, keep the unconverted text (the caller must
|
|
|
5687 * have done something wrong!) */
|
|
|
5688 dlen = len;
|
|
|
5689 vim_free(d);
|
|
|
5690 }
|
|
|
5691 return dlen;
|
|
|
5692 }
|
|
|
5693
|
|
|
5694 #if defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
18
|
5695 /* This is in os_mac_conv.c. */
|
|
|
5696 extern char_u *mac_string_convert __ARGS((char_u *ptr, int len, int *lenp, int fail_on_error, int from, int to, int *unconvlenp));
|
|
7
|
5697 #endif
|
|
|
5698
|
|
|
5699 /*
|
|
|
5700 * Convert text "ptr[*lenp]" according to "vcp".
|
|
|
5701 * Returns the result in allocated memory and sets "*lenp".
|
|
|
5702 * When "lenp" is NULL, use NUL terminated strings.
|
|
|
5703 * Illegal chars are often changed to "?", unless vcp->vc_fail is set.
|
|
|
5704 * When something goes wrong, NULL is returned and "*lenp" is unchanged.
|
|
|
5705 */
|
|
|
5706 char_u *
|
|
|
5707 string_convert(vcp, ptr, lenp)
|
|
|
5708 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
5709 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5710 int *lenp;
|
|
|
5711 {
|
|
|
5712 return string_convert_ext(vcp, ptr, lenp, NULL);
|
|
|
5713 }
|
|
|
5714
|
|
|
5715 /*
|
|
|
5716 * Like string_convert(), but when "unconvlenp" is not NULL and there are is
|
|
|
5717 * an incomplete sequence at the end it is not converted and "*unconvlenp" is
|
|
|
5718 * set to the number of remaining bytes.
|
|
|
5719 */
|
|
|
5720 char_u *
|
|
|
5721 string_convert_ext(vcp, ptr, lenp, unconvlenp)
|
|
|
5722 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
5723 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5724 int *lenp;
|
|
|
5725 int *unconvlenp;
|
|
|
5726 {
|
|
|
5727 char_u *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5728 char_u *d;
|
|
|
5729 int len;
|
|
|
5730 int i;
|
|
|
5731 int l;
|
|
|
5732 int c;
|
|
|
5733
|
|
|
5734 if (lenp == NULL)
|
|
|
5735 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
5736 else
|
|
|
5737 len = *lenp;
|
|
|
5738 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
5739 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
5740
|
|
|
5741 switch (vcp->vc_type)
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 case CONV_TO_UTF8: /* latin1 to utf-8 conversion */
|
|
|
5744 retval = alloc(len * 2 + 1);
|
|
|
5745 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5746 break;
|
|
|
5747 d = retval;
|
|
|
5748 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5749 {
|
|
26
|
5750 c = ptr[i];
|
|
|
5751 if (c < 0x80)
|
|
|
5752 *d++ = c;
|
|
7
|
5753 else
|
|
|
5754 {
|
|
26
|
5755 *d++ = 0xc0 + ((unsigned)c >> 6);
|
|
|
5756 *d++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
7
|
5757 }
|
|
|
5758 }
|
|
|
5759 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
5760 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5761 *lenp = (int)(d - retval);
|
|
|
5762 break;
|
|
|
5763
|
|
26
|
5764 case CONV_9_TO_UTF8: /* latin9 to utf-8 conversion */
|
|
|
5765 retval = alloc(len * 3 + 1);
|
|
|
5766 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5767 break;
|
|
|
5768 d = retval;
|
|
|
5769 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5770 {
|
|
|
5771 c = ptr[i];
|
|
|
5772 switch (c)
|
|
|
5773 {
|
|
|
5774 case 0xa4: c = 0x20ac; break; /* euro */
|
|
|
5775 case 0xa6: c = 0x0160; break; /* S hat */
|
|
|
5776 case 0xa8: c = 0x0161; break; /* S -hat */
|
|
|
5777 case 0xb4: c = 0x017d; break; /* Z hat */
|
|
|
5778 case 0xb8: c = 0x017e; break; /* Z -hat */
|
|
|
5779 case 0xbc: c = 0x0152; break; /* OE */
|
|
|
5780 case 0xbd: c = 0x0153; break; /* oe */
|
|
|
5781 case 0xbe: c = 0x0178; break; /* Y */
|
|
|
5782 }
|
|
|
5783 d += utf_char2bytes(c, d);
|
|
|
5784 }
|
|
|
5785 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
5786 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5787 *lenp = (int)(d - retval);
|
|
|
5788 break;
|
|
|
5789
|
|
7
|
5790 case CONV_TO_LATIN1: /* utf-8 to latin1 conversion */
|
|
26
|
5791 case CONV_TO_LATIN9: /* utf-8 to latin9 conversion */
|
|
7
|
5792 retval = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
5793 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5794 break;
|
|
|
5795 d = retval;
|
|
|
5796 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5797 {
|
|
|
5798 l = utf_ptr2len_check(ptr + i);
|
|
|
5799 if (l == 0)
|
|
|
5800 *d++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5801 else if (l == 1)
|
|
|
5802 {
|
|
|
5803 if (unconvlenp != NULL && utf8len_tab[ptr[i]] > len - i)
|
|
|
5804 {
|
|
|
5805 /* Incomplete sequence at the end. */
|
|
|
5806 *unconvlenp = len - i;
|
|
|
5807 break;
|
|
|
5808 }
|
|
|
5809 *d++ = ptr[i];
|
|
|
5810 }
|
|
|
5811 else
|
|
|
5812 {
|
|
|
5813 c = utf_ptr2char(ptr + i);
|
|
26
|
5814 if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_TO_LATIN9)
|
|
|
5815 switch (c)
|
|
|
5816 {
|
|
|
5817 case 0x20ac: c = 0xa4; break; /* euro */
|
|
|
5818 case 0x0160: c = 0xa6; break; /* S hat */
|
|
|
5819 case 0x0161: c = 0xa8; break; /* S -hat */
|
|
|
5820 case 0x017d: c = 0xb4; break; /* Z hat */
|
|
|
5821 case 0x017e: c = 0xb8; break; /* Z -hat */
|
|
|
5822 case 0x0152: c = 0xbc; break; /* OE */
|
|
|
5823 case 0x0153: c = 0xbd; break; /* oe */
|
|
|
5824 case 0x0178: c = 0xbe; break; /* Y */
|
|
|
5825 case 0xa4:
|
|
|
5826 case 0xa6:
|
|
|
5827 case 0xa8:
|
|
|
5828 case 0xb4:
|
|
|
5829 case 0xb8:
|
|
|
5830 case 0xbc:
|
|
|
5831 case 0xbd:
|
|
|
5832 case 0xbe: c = 0x100; break; /* not in latin9 */
|
|
|
5833 }
|
|
7
|
5834 if (!utf_iscomposing(c)) /* skip composing chars */
|
|
|
5835 {
|
|
|
5836 if (c < 0x100)
|
|
|
5837 *d++ = c;
|
|
|
5838 else if (vcp->vc_fail)
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5841 return NULL;
|
|
|
5842 }
|
|
|
5843 else
|
|
|
5844 {
|
|
|
5845 *d++ = 0xbf;
|
|
|
5846 if (utf_char2cells(c) > 1)
|
|
|
5847 *d++ = '?';
|
|
|
5848 }
|
|
|
5849 }
|
|
|
5850 i += l - 1;
|
|
|
5851 }
|
|
|
5852 }
|
|
|
5853 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
5854 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5855 *lenp = (int)(d - retval);
|
|
|
5856 break;
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 # ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
5859 case CONV_MAC_LATIN1:
|
|
|
5860 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5861 'm', 'l', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5862 break;
|
|
|
5863
|
|
|
5864 case CONV_LATIN1_MAC:
|
|
|
5865 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5866 'l', 'm', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5867 break;
|
|
|
5868
|
|
|
5869 case CONV_MAC_UTF8:
|
|
|
5870 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5871 'm', 'u', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5872 break;
|
|
|
5873
|
|
|
5874 case CONV_UTF8_MAC:
|
|
|
5875 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5876 'u', 'm', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5877 break;
|
|
|
5878 # endif
|
|
|
5879
|
|
|
5880 # ifdef USE_ICONV
|
|
|
5881 case CONV_ICONV: /* conversion with output_conv.vc_fd */
|
|
|
5882 retval = iconv_string(vcp, ptr, len, unconvlenp);
|
|
|
5883 if (retval != NULL && lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5884 *lenp = (int)STRLEN(retval);
|
|
|
5885 break;
|
|
|
5886 # endif
|
|
|
5887 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5888 case CONV_CODEPAGE: /* codepage -> codepage */
|
|
|
5889 {
|
|
|
5890 int retlen;
|
|
|
5891 int tmp_len;
|
|
|
5892 short_u *tmp;
|
|
|
5893
|
|
|
5894 /* 1. codepage/UTF-8 -> ucs-2. */
|
|
|
5895 if (vcp->vc_cpfrom == 0)
|
|
|
5896 tmp_len = utf8_to_ucs2(ptr, len, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5897 else
|
|
|
5898 tmp_len = MultiByteToWideChar(vcp->vc_cpfrom, 0,
|
|
|
5899 ptr, len, 0, 0);
|
|
|
5900 tmp = (short_u *)alloc(sizeof(short_u) * tmp_len);
|
|
|
5901 if (tmp == NULL)
|
|
|
5902 break;
|
|
|
5903 if (vcp->vc_cpfrom == 0)
|
|
|
5904 utf8_to_ucs2(ptr, len, tmp, unconvlenp);
|
|
|
5905 else
|
|
|
5906 MultiByteToWideChar(vcp->vc_cpfrom, 0, ptr, len, tmp, tmp_len);
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 /* 2. ucs-2 -> codepage/UTF-8. */
|
|
|
5909 if (vcp->vc_cpto == 0)
|
|
|
5910 retlen = ucs2_to_utf8(tmp, tmp_len, NULL);
|
|
|
5911 else
|
|
|
5912 retlen = WideCharToMultiByte(vcp->vc_cpto, 0,
|
|
|
5913 tmp, tmp_len, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
5914 retval = alloc(retlen + 1);
|
|
|
5915 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5916 {
|
|
|
5917 if (vcp->vc_cpto == 0)
|
|
|
5918 ucs2_to_utf8(tmp, tmp_len, retval);
|
|
|
5919 else
|
|
|
5920 WideCharToMultiByte(vcp->vc_cpto, 0,
|
|
|
5921 tmp, tmp_len, retval, retlen, 0, 0);
|
|
|
5922 retval[retlen] = NUL;
|
|
|
5923 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5924 *lenp = retlen;
|
|
|
5925 }
|
|
|
5926 vim_free(tmp);
|
|
|
5927 break;
|
|
|
5928 }
|
|
|
5929 # endif
|
|
|
5930 }
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 return retval;
|
|
|
5933 }
|
|
|
5934 #endif
|
